DOCUMENT RESUME ED 028 444 49 AL 001 946 By-Warburton. Irene; And Others Ewe Basic Course. Revised Version. Indiana Univ., Bloomington. African Studies Program.; Peace Corps(Dept. of State), Washington. D.C. Spons Agency-Office of Education (DHEW), Washington. D.C. Bureauof Research. Report No-NDEA-6-602 Bureau No- BR -7-0097 Pub Date 69 Contract- OEC-3- 7-070097-2201 Note- 304p. EDRS Price MF-S125 HC-S15.30 Descriptors- Audiolingual Methods, Cultural Context, *Ewe, Grammar,:*Instructional Materials, *Language Instruction, Pattern Drills (Language). Phonology. Tone Languages The purpose of this beginning text in Ewe is to provide thestudent with an introduction to the structure of the Ewe language and"reasonable practice" in speaking. It is intended to be taught with the assistanceof a native speaker of Ewe. Linguistic terminology is minimal. Suggested teaching time rangesfrom two semesters of class meetings of three hours each week toapproximately 250 hours in an intensive course. The first section of the volume presents abrief description of the language background and some general linguisticfeatures, followed by pre-speed)" phonology drills. The section on grammar presents the basic structures indialogs glossed in English and accompanied by explanatory notes onthe grammar and culture, paragraphs for comprehension practice, andcomprehension and discussion ciuestions. The final section comprises a glossaryof vocabulary used in the text. (AMM) EWE BASICCOURSE
Irene Warburton
Roland Glover
with the helpof
Catherine Felten
Revised Version
& WELFARE HEWN, EDUCMION U.S. DRAMMEN!OF OFFICE OFEDUCMION
ME EMILY ASRECEIVED FROM IIAS BEENREPRODUCED MIS DOCUMENI VIEW OROPINIONS ORIGIIIMING II.POINIS OF PERSON ORORGANIZMION OFFICIAL OFFICEOF EDUCMION REPRESENI SIMED DO1101 NECESSARILY P05III011 ORPOLICY.
U.S. Department Prepared underthe maspicesof the of Health,Education, andWelfare. Contract NumberOEC 3-7-070097-2201 Africa:4 StudiesProgram Indiana University Blbomington 1968
AL 001 846 1 0.0 . t4.4 EWE BASIC COURSE TABLE ay CONTENTS
". . 4, s * 4. .0 . ACS
,.$ va, A. to Ot II .0 -,, OA,to:
,: IntrodUction z
The Language Bac kgrbund . 1 , Some- General. Linguistic'Featuiea:- Phokieine . .1
4* IV'et Tone arr. 4to$ . 44:.*
: ,;. 40 S * 40 Aior. 8,8 S ,; ..T4o It!re-Spe soh Drilla B. ; 4- :L. :7' * Phonem,,u Dri us ^h, .* IA *Ns c' I , 10. ir , 4 * -;'"vi ' 0
11 Some Tongue Twisters . 40. " *1' '" r- 4` § 0*, ,* * o oto ' 4' mt * KIP *IFt *,*Pt. 1.- $ 'or
. oo, ,47 **I ( 40 D ..A *4 4 i"e .* '; ' t r, "
4 , . *5 * te ***, t . .>. to . So C ?)Eiie Basic* Greutmar--
r0 Greetings* ..- 7.r 11- The Tronvanorina/ *and. the'Demot1its4ftive /sidts the' 'Particle "ifyit.: -11 'The- Definite- Article:4' the-Emphsticlet: 16
li*:1111 ','` :22
IndePOndetit' Pronouna' - 26 VI Negative 31 VII Possessives 36 VIII Possessives (continued) IX Substantives of Place$ PossessiveSubstantives 47
X The Verb /le/ 0. to be, SimplePast and Present Tenses 56 ?Az ITNIT
63 XI Future Tense havet *XII The'Hitifilial Tans4 the Verb Ito
XIII The IndefinitePronouns Days of theWeek 86 . XIV Object Pronouns$ XV Relative Clauses&the In4irect.00jecW. the Particle ADSIP the PranauneN,.ftw 105 XVI The Intentional$Strong Form of . 115 XVII The Progressive - 122 XVIIITelling Tim& Numbers 131 nx The Preterite,FUture, andHabitual Progressive 140 XX The Imperativeand the Jussive 146 XXI Adjectives 156 XXII Campound Words$Causal Clauses
'14:40 XXIIICohortative Superlative Degreesof t4e XXIV The-Comparative-and T ... 181 Adjscti.- , " . Verbal Ad j ec tive ,,and XXV oVerbal Nouns $ . Immo ..alimimmawdmommivsposamom -Negation. ala Olo " ' '
XXVI The Conditional .Reflexiye Pronclin XXVII.The ReciprocaLandf the
t D. Dictionary
.4. if r . r. ii Introduction
Purpose- The purpose of this manual is to give a beginning student
an introduction to the structure of the Ewe language and reasonable practice in speaking it.It isintended to be taughtwiththe assistance of a native speaker of Ewe.
Time Allotment -Allis book can be minimally covered within two
semesters of classlmeetings of three hours -each week. This presup-
poses that much wotk is done on the studentls own time.
In an intensive course this book is minimally estimated to cover about 250 haute. If the instructor wishes to add further drials and
exercises', this can cover mudh more.Note that the units are not of
equal length, and the first few chapters especially may go at a fairI7 rapid rate.
Methods of Use - We stress oral practice and speaking with the in- formant as much as possible. The dialogues may be utilized for
this purpose in many ways. We have found the following methods helpful.
1) Repeat after the native speaker each sentence or phrase.
This may be done separately andfor in a group.
2) Read the dialogues with one another, with the native spedker
neking corrections as neoessary. 3) Memorize the dialogues or portions of them and practioe both
among members of the class and with the native speaker. 4) Analyze the dialogues sentemce by sentence, for grammatical
content. This can be both a review and an exercise for the
particular tDpic of the unit. iii
,-, 5) Improvise conversations based .on thecontent of that and
preceding units.
6) Do the comprehension. This nay be a reading*translation*
. ordictation exercise.
k 7) The questions following thecomprehensionmeiy be between two students with the native speakermaking corrections* or
ipletween a studeut and_the nativespeaker.- Samo:o;:the questions may also be the basis for moreconvorsatigns. , THE EWE IANGUAGE
1.*The Ewe languaie belOngs iso the so-calledkwagroupOf languages.This group is part of Westermaimts WestlichenSudai- sprachentr and Greenberg' s ttNiger-dongo tt Family(Ansre) 2.The Kwa languages' are Spoken in the easternpart of the Ivory Coast, the southern part of the Gold Coast,Togoland- and Da- homey, and t.he southwestern part a Nigeria(Westermann). 3.The term tt Kwa languagestt was first used.by q.A. Krause in 18.85 and. propagated by Christaller:.It 3.s derived from the word for people, which in many ofthe.se languages contains the root /kwa/
(Westermann).s.
LI.. The Ewe lansuage is spoken by some1,700,000 people, accord- ing. to the most.recent estimates available(Ansre, 1961).The various dialects which are classified, underthe. term Ewe are divided into three oyoups. .a) The western section with Ewe proper, ,whichconsists.of the tt inland dialectstt and Aialc. b) The central section which incltdes the dialects Watyi* Ge (Mina)* and Adya.
. ,c) The eastern section which is made up of att.Fe and Maxi galec ts Ewe proper is spoken in the southern partof the Volta Region in Ghana* the south of the Republic ofTogoand _the south of Dahomey (Ansre) 5. .LinguistA.cally this language. is one .ofthe best Lnown in West Africa.The most extensive study on Ewe has beendone by D.
747:- (on which much of Westermann, who has produced a camplete crammer Other more this grammar wasbased) and a comprehensivedictionary. Greenberg, and G. Ansre. recent studies arethose by J. Berry, J. received his Ph.D. Ansre is a native,speaker of Eve andhas recently said, to be a, in Linguistics fromthe. LSOAS. His dissertation is is.on tones camplete and u.)-to-date grammarof Ewe. His 11.A. thesis
in Ewe.
III Same General Linuistic Features
1. There are seven vowelphonemes. There is vowel length,but it is of secondaryimportance. Nasalized vowels are verycommon. that West- Vowel assirailatienis very regularto the extent
ermann speaksof a tendency'to vowel harmony. African languages, we 2. In Ewe, aswell*as in several other not clusters find thecoarticulated stops/kp/ and /gb/, which are which' they appear but single units.In same of thelanguages in eiplosive. these consonants areimplosive, but in Ewethey are docording There are two/a/ thaunds one whióhis altreolar Berry, andanother post-alve- to Westermann.anddental according to olar retroflex/4/. consists There are two setsof labialfricatives, one set other of thelabiOdental /f/ of the bilabialAll and /v/ and the
and /v/. /1/ and /r/ constitute onephoneme. bear tone. /m/ and /n/ are oftensyllabic, and they /p/ seems to be aborrowedPhoneme frOm Twi. Host' of the
words in which' itoccurs are loinWords. vi
ater,( 3.Tone is of outstandingimportance.Ewe is the classicaland in which toneis ahaost exclusivelylexi- . rare exampleof a, language cal. 4. Most. of the roots(verb or noun) aremonosyllabic and con- sist of CV.: If astem consistsof more than onesyllable, it is_ either a compound or aloan word. frequent. S.Compoundi nouns andcompound verbs are very. 6.There..are no true nounclasses and noconcord with other parts of speech used to 7.Hours often have avowel or nasalprefix which is, form nouns,fromverbs. 8.To form the plural yousuffix the 3rd person-plural pronoun to the singular. 9.There is nogrammatical gender. the sen- 10.Case is expressedby the positionof the word in t 4 tence. 11.There are no morphologicalwordclasses. idea"is expressed 12.'there is no formalpassi've;:the passiVe the by an activeconstraction with the3rd person pluralpronoun as sUbject; i.e., theEngliah expressionIlls is hitt isrendered in Ewe f, impersonal. by I they hithimt The pronoun I theyis considered usually 13.The verb root isinvariable.Tense and mood are hard expressed byparticles or byreduplication orboth.It is often are 3:ndi- to distinguithbetween tense andmood.Perswy and number cated by thesubject pronoun, actions condition andquality:hi./ 14.The,verb describes Ito got;/mlo/ I to lief ; and/ko/ Ito be high!.Because of the vii last type of Eweverb, many Engli sh adjecti ve s are expressedby verbs in Ewe. ç. 15.Ewe, as well as relatedlangukses, has apeculiar type of adverb.There are adverbs which areassociated with only oneverb. Mo St of them arepicture words(onomatopes),which at tenpt to ex- press by theirsc,und the impressionconveyed by the senses, e.g. /zo/ ! to walk! /zo bafobafo/ !describes*the walk of a small manwhose body is briskly moved whenhe walks! /zo bohoboho/ !describes theheavy walk of a fat man,etc.! 16.The. word order in asentence is:subject - verb -object. 17.In a genitiveconstruction the thingpossessed follows the possessor. 18.Adjectives* includingnumerals, follow the nounthey modify.
IV. Phonemes The alphabet for writingEwe isgenerally written thus: abddeeftghy,xiklmnklooprstu:v w y z. Note that it does notcontain a special symbolfor all ofihe phonemic sounds, such as dz,gb&,. kp. , V. Tones. Tones are, not usuallymarked in Ewe 'exceptfor /rit/ of the "-firist person plural,/wq of the third- personplural* and /wd/ of the second personsingular.In rare oircurnstances, awriter' may Mari tonea on the pronouns Tto.eliminate the: doubt in hisreaders. viii t, Pronunciation
Cokisonants
amintion Examples
.b, g For all practicalpurposes, bid Ito ask, these conSonants areprop. 'money' nounced the same as the. ve Ito finish! m,n corresponding sounds in fa 'debt' English. =rad 'grandmother' no 'mother'
.Similar to the corresponding dd Ito send' consonant in English, but dd 'tam' pronounced with the tip of the tongue against the back of the teeth and not against the ridge behind the teeth.
Made with the tip of the 46 Ito fill' tongue against the front of 4a. 'gunpowder' the hard palate. Technically: a voiced retroflex stop.
po to k Similar to the correspondingpipd 'papa' Englishconsonants,. butwith pf 'chisel' less aspiration (puff Of td 'yam' breath). /V, like /d/s i8td 'father' pronounted with the tip of kd Ito be tall' the tongue against the back kd Ito die' of the teeth.
gb, kp Pronounced with *simultaneous gba 'voice' closure at the lips (as.forgbd Isidevvicinityl /b/ or /IV) and atthesoftkp Ito be heavy' palate (as for /g/ or /k/).kpd Ito see' Released Simultaneously and withoUt aspiration. Technically: labiovelar stops, voiced and voiceless, respectively.
ix dzd Ito lodge ts Usually similar tothe final consonant clustersin Englishda Ito fall (of cads and catsrespectively, raip)Ir Wrpronounced with the ets8 'yesterday' Ito come framl tongue against theback of tad the teeth. sometimes dzdsf tto reb6ipiiet Before No and Ito Give birth before other vowels,similar de to the consonantsin English to' Joe,and Chewrespectively. tst !water' In producing /c/ and/11, u8 'door! ,f° the air passesthrough a 'vehicle' left betweensa Iyearl narrow opening Ito beats the lips(rather than be- tween the lowerlip and the upper teeth asin /v/ and /fn Technically: bilabial fricatives,.voiced andvoice- less respectively. tin abundance Similar to thecorresponding zi sounds in English,but ilight- izt 'peanut' 'wife, husbandI ly palatalized(i.e., somewhat.sia closer to thenedial consonantast 'handl sounds in Englishpleasure and pressurerespectively)before /i/. /y/ and /4, 'sun' yip x In producing 'bird' the air passesthrauaka formed by 'friend' narrow passage Ihouse, to mend, raising the backof the to patch' tongue towardsthe soft palate. Technically: velar frica- tive:s, voiced andvoiceless ; respectively. .
. Ito educate o bdt produCed 11,e Similar !broad! somewhat furtherback in 'the.haa mouth.
Technically: , a. voiced pharyngal fricative.
Similar to French Eaas in nye II, me' ny Ito be good' Boulogne. nyd Technically: a palatal nasal. Similar to Engliati-w as in 0. ito break! AAMIE' !name! Tridlinically: i velar nasal.
1 Similar to 'the first 1 in lf Ito be (there)! English little. The.Tongueblf 1Cornt is raisermarflat, nOt retracted as in the iecond 1 in little. In producing/1Y, the air sre !wife, husband! passes through a narrow passage formedInr,raising the tip of the tongue, twards the, ridge-behind the
1 teeth. . . Technically: avoiced, alvso!- lar fricative. w 7 Siailar to the eorresPonding w8 Ito dol sounds in English, but of ten ew6 Itent weakened to the.point.of yi Itoego! disappearing-completely between. °gavels,
Vowels% 4
Agatha Desbription Examples
Similar to the vawel in dzf It6 giva birth English beat, but unglided. tot.. TechnicaTUT a high front lf Ito be theret unrounded vowels Between the vowel in 0 ltio mairt Englidh bet and thelinal . Sva IWO vowel ielaglidh sofa. Technically: aclETTialized mid front =rounded:vowel.
Betweep,the vowel in cit !cook it! English bet and :that of. PE* !chisel!. English Ea, but much closer to the former. Technically: a lower mid front unrounded vowel. a Similar to the vowelin American English 221. Technically: a low central unroundedvawel. !street, Similar to the vmael in . md English bought, butunglided. Technically: a lowermid back rounded vowel. Ito beat' 0 Similar to thevowel in td English boat, butunglided. td !earl Technically: a highermid badk roundedvoWel. Similar to the vowelin Iseal English boot, butunglided. td IgunI Tedhnically: a highbabk rounded vowel.
fi Ito blow the X V All of the abovevawels have a nasalizedcounterpart. nose! Ito spoil' 6 gbld 6 ke Idrill himI r 6 1 hi !also! f Ipalm branch! 1 Ito take from the stoves la.. Itoshave I
Tones
Ewe has threedistinctive tones:
hig4: tet Ito draWI td !earl , mid: tn !head! ta Imorta0::
ti Ito Wearlofnative dress)! ta !buffalo! EWE BASICCOURSE
B.Pre-SpeechDrills
NanSchneeberg ProsperKpotufe
With SomeHelp From Roland KofiGlover
This work wasprepared under the auspicesof the PeaceCorps throueiContractPC42-1917 1.1
Drills
,t vs. /gb/ Studentsshould listen carefully to eachof tlya-follow,ing pairs of wordsas said by theinetructor. bd , to hide, gbe ,voi4ey b4 I that! gbd ref.usel bet ,mud, gba to break, Ito gather, sba , to come back ba haagio, gbd 'unripe,
*3. Are thefollowingpairs of wordssame ordifferent? . gb6 (voice) be ^ cto hide) gbd (voice) be %to hide) bd (to hide) Gba (voioe) bd (to hide) bd (to Lida) gbd (voice) gbd (voioe)'. gbd (to refuse) ebd (to refuse) gbd (to refuse) gbd (to ,refUse) gbd (to refuse) bd (to say) gbd (to refuse) gbd (to refuse) bd (to say) gbd (to .rquse)
bat (mud) gba (to 'break) ba (mud) ba (Mud) gba (to break) ba (*10' eba (to break) ba (mud) ba (mud) gba (tobreak) gba (to come back) be : ( to gather) be (to gather) be (to gather) gbô (to come back) 814 (j.to,.come back) ba (to gather) ba (to gather) gb6 ( to come.back) gba ,-:;( to oome.back), bd (magic) bd 11114540, gbd (unripe) bd (magic/ ba (magic) 1,6 (ilaS*0- gbd (unripe) bd OkaGio gbd (unripe) gbd .4' (1=1430 x Dolthe.,follbwtize word!containlb/ or /gb/t.,. ba (to bide) ba (to hide) It gbd (voice) gb bd (to hide) T. gbd (voice) 1 $'. e' gb gbd ( to refuse) gb ( to say) gbd ( to refuse) gb gbd ( to refuse) gb gbd* ( to* refuse) gb P gbel ( to break) gb bd (Mud) (mud)
44 bi (mud) e 1St bet (mud) b a ( to gather) gba ( to coke. back). gb ba (to gather) gb ; gb a to coMe back) A,, ba ( to gather) gb6 (unripe) gb Lgb (unripe) gb gb .gb6 , (unripe) b5 (magic ) , b5 (magic.) 5. gba (+4 .com, back) gb (mud ) bd ( to say) -glut .( to.break) gb b5 (magic) (to cOme back ) gb ,4 gbd (voice) gb r gb 6 ( to refuse) gb ( to hide) * gbEt.,. ( to break) gb :Identify by givi,g the English gloss. Thewórdsföi Or this ()Zero i se ire /bd/ I tohi:del' 'and Igbd/voiciaf.
,ba (icithide) to hide' "gbd (*Sice) 'voice' g be (vOice)l 'voice' gbd (Voice) voice' (to -hide) to tide' Thewords for thisexecidise Eire./b,4/tto*,itayiand "igbd/.1: I to. refuse' gbd ( to refuse) to refuse' bd to say) to say' gbd ( to refuse) I to refuse' gbd ( to refuse) to refuse' 4 gbd ( to refuse) I to refuse' 74.
itre /bit/!mud! andAisbelt to break14 wordd 'forth.i:s exercise , ItO break! (t6:oleak) e '.gbet !mud! ,ba (imW) !mud! (11-tid)t. Ito breale, 40)41 (to break) Ito break!, , ' (to break) g133. ; irelba, Ito and/68/ to 4 1The vords, for this exercise ;
, (to coma badk) ItOcome badks 4pa ItOcame badk! "gba (td:vome back) (W:gather) ItOgather! ItOgather! 1)(3 , come back' .ri$Igiller)O.colMe, back) Ito iltba ,. /b5,/ !magic! and/gbd/ !unripe!. The words forthis exercise are
ba (magic) !magic! gbd (unripe) !unripe! !unripe! gbd (unripe) ba (magic) !magic! gbd (unripo) !unripe! 4 4-4
/, ee';4 / /kp/ vs /gb/ I , 4; the follow*paire'of shoull listencarefully to each of Students ; words as saidby theinstruotbro !voice! Ito be heavy! gbd kpd gb4 ,Itos-Arefise! kpd Ito invite! gbet ..vtoirookl kp4 Ito fade! ltd.:scone back! Ito be cheap! gb8 kpa gbd 'heart kp6 Ito see! sameordi7erent, Are thefollowing pairsofwords 4. kpd ftv,belleavy) kpd (to be heavy) (to be heavy) gbd kp kpd ((', lto-:bcheavy) kpd (to be heavy) (voice)) (voice) i gbd gba kpd (to be heavy) gbd (voice) (tw Waite) (to refuse) kp6 gb4 kp4 ( invi te) kpé (to invite) gb6 toerise) p. gbd (to refuse) (to:Ativite)' (to invite) kp4 kp6 gb6 (to refuse) kpd (to invite)
4_44774 - , 11- (to roof) gbd tto r.0041 &di (to fade kpd (to fade)i icp gbd (to roof) gbd Ito roof gbd (to roof) kpd to fade kpd (to fade) gbd t° t.0,9f, * Ypa r(.to.,,i3e cheap) kpa (to be cheap) (to come back D kpa (to be cheap) . gba p(tO, come vbaCk) gba ,- to come backrA . gba kpa to be ,oheap kpa (to be cheap) 'D kpa (to be cheap) gba ( to omitie .baCk). ! , (tostie) '; : kp6 gb6 (near) .. kp6 (to see) . kp6 (to' 64)6) I .. kp6 -(to see . kp6 (to see) i'xitio,asre)e gb6 (near) 3 1 . I kpd kp6 (to see) gb6
t 4 .> 44 1 Do thefollowing wordscontain /lei)/ or/0/2 r *, , kpd (to be heavy) kp /. gba (voice) gb kpd (to be heavy) kp kpd (to be heavy) kp gbd (voice) gb gbd (to refuse) gb kpd (to invite) kp .iltpd (to invite) 411 ; kpd (to invite) gbd (to refuse) gb -; kpd to fade) kp . kpd 1(10 ,fade) kp *,* 4 kpd. (to -20.4e) kp ,* gbi (to roof) Bb I gbd (to roof) gb 4. kpa (to bóóIieàpi kp r^.^-t,^ . 4444, / gb . : ,comeback) ^ . ( tonbe,- :Cheap) kp , ".1 1 kpa kp , ,.kpa be, cheap) * (to Come back) gb . gba `,. -, gbd (near) gb kp .74` Acpd kp gb
gb ^ gb6 (ne ar),t ... t' i"..^!..%. 5,,I5r5tr,
kpd be heavy) kp ' e gbt (to`refuse) gb . kp kpd (to fade) *! gb8 (to come back): gb gba (near) gb kpd (to invite) kp kpa (to be cheap) kp gb6 (near) gb kr, (to be cheap) kp gb6 (near) gb kp6 (to see) . kp kpd (to fade) ICP
Identify bygiving the Englieh gloss. r The words for thisexerciseare/kpd/to be hearis, and/gbd/ lyjoicet
gbd (voice) I voice' P gbd (voice) I voice I (to be heavy) Ito be heavy' kpd 'voice' gbd (voice) A kpd (to be heavy) to beheavy' The words for thisexerciseare/kpd/to invitet am//gbi/to refuse'. +I . Ito ; kp4 ..r. (tot3nvite), invite! gbd (to refUse) .i torefpset 1. (to refuse) torefuses gbiS Itoinvites kpd (tinvite) t to gbd (to' refuse) refuses ". ;, The words,,tor. thisexerciseare /kpi/to fade/ andjgbd/to riof ; kpd (to fade) tofades fade!. - kpd (tO fade) at ItoIV:- gbd (to root) roofs tpd (to fade) Itofades kp (tO fade) I tofades ,-; Thewords for this exerciseare ikpqI to becheap;s4id /gb8/ A'!" I tocome bac:kg . t gb6 (to come back) I Itocome backs t5.; kp8 .( tO be _Cheap) I. Itobe cheeps, -gb8 ;Come back) 1r" ^ Itocomebit& s gba .(to Come back) Itocome backs s+kp8 be.Cheap) Itobe cheat,'(.., /gb.d/ 'nears. Thewords for thisexerciseare/kpd/to sees and gbd (near) tneart kpd (to see) Ito see1 kpd (to see) tto seet gbd (near) kpd (to see) Ito seet /13//gb/, /kp/ Do the followingwords contain/b/, /gb/p or kp kpd (to invite) gb gbd (voice) gb4 (voicp) gb gb gbd. . (to -refuse) 148 (to be cheap) kp ba (to gather) (to say) kpd (to be cheap) kp gbd (to come back) gb ba (to hide)
bilabial/f/ vs. labio-dental/1Y folloWing pairs' .of Studentsshouldlist4n carefullyto each of the words assaid by the'iustructor. debts 'years fafit scut it ups sbuy its fa sto be lights " to, beats 'misery'. seas rd 'feathers 'bone I , Are thefollowingpair4 of.wor4ssame ordifferent? (debt) sa (Tear) (debt) sa (year) D (year) fa (debt) (debt) fa- (debt) (year) Se (year) '3 (buy it) flf *. (cUt it up) (cut it Up,), elf (buy it) rif (buy it) (cut it tits) fli (cUt it up) (buy it) elf (cut it up) (to be light) (to beat) D (tO,be,light) D (to beat) 3 (to beat) (to. beat) 1 ( to'be' light) ' D (to beat) ., (to beat) (tiji beat)
(sea) (misery) (misery) 14 (sea) (misery) 0 .S (feather) (feather),.. (bone) (feather) D ,tboneY : 8 l(bonW D (feather) (bone) (feather) (bOte) . -"'D , cottain'bilabial /X/ orlabio-deptal /f/t Do the following words .
.44 I' (debt) labio-dental 1/4 (debt) labio-dental ; " labiokiental (year) bilabial (year) 4 r bilabial
(buy it) bilabial ... .!. ' (out it up) labio-dantal , (buy it) bilabial (cut it up) labio-dental labio=idental
(to be light)'..1 .1 labio-dental (to be light); labio-dental (to beat) bilabial (to be light):' labio-dental (to beat)1 bilabial t
ieit) 1/4.1*- bilabial (misery) labio-dental (misery) labio-dental (sea) bilabial labio-dental a! (misery) ,
t,A (bons) bilabial (feather) labio-dental JbOnalY, bilabial, (feather) labio-dental (feather) labio-dental
xix
4 4 0 00.00.04.0W0=.-4, "ZO. 0011.44.04:044.44014 4 '4 1/40 -A 041/47.>1. .4.m..4.0.,004, 0 4,00., 0 0 0 r 4 0 4 ". 7707 0 0
C (year)* bilabial (sea) bilabial (bone) bilabial (debt) labio-dental (to be light) labio-dental (dobt)1 labio-dental (feather) labio-dental (misery) labio-dental (to boat) bilabial (cut it up) labio-dental Identify. by giving theEnglish gloss. The words for thisexercise ate /fa/tyeart I (y0Etii A lyeart is (debt debt! ra a (year): year ra (year) year 54 (year) year t '.a flt/ lout it wit. The wordsfor this exercise are/flt/ Ibuy itt ancr flt (out it up) scut it up! Slit (buy it !buy itt flt (buy it buy it! nit (buyit lbw itt flt (cut it up) !cut it up! words for thisexercise ire /561 Itobeat!
(to beat) . Ito beatly (to beat) 0.4 Ito beatv. (to beat) Ito beat' (to be light).,- Ito belight' (to be light) Itobe lightl* /f1/ 'misery'. Thewords for thisexercise.Are114/ 'seal and
Ltd (misery) 'misery' (misery) 'misery' (sea) I seal (misery) 'misery,
AA I seal XII (sea) exerdise are/AV 'bone' Thewords for this A (bone) Ibonel (bone) Ibonel fd (bone) 'bone' fd (feather) 'feather' (bone) !bone'
xx bilabial /y/ vs.labio,-dental/7/. to each ofthe followingpaimof Students dhouldlisten carefully words as saidby theinstrutar. Awl Igranaryl Au& 'war, 'tto finish' 'door, va ea vd la fight' ud 'blood' vd Ito tear' ud 'vehicle, vdvd 'torn' udud Ito shake' same ordifferent? Are thefollowing pairsof words Itwir) (war) Au& Aug Au& (war), (granary) Avi AvA ,(granary) lui (war) (granary) (war) AvA obi ivi (granary) Ault (war) (to finish) (to finish) (to finish) (door) (door) (door) jto finish) (to finish) (to finish) (door) (blood) uil (blood) la vd (a fight) va (a fight (blood) vd ;La fight (a fight) "(a fight) ud (blood) ud (vehicle) 8 ud (vehicle) vd (to tear) ud (vehicle) (vehiele) (to tear) ud D vd vd (tb tear) ud (vehicle) (to tear) ud (vehicle) udud (to shake vdvd (torn) "(to shake shake) udud lidud ( to udvd (to ahake ) vdvd (torn) (to shake) (to shake) udud udud vdvd (torn) udud (to shake) contain bilabial /u/ orlabiordental//2 Do thefollowing words laio-dental AvA (8ranary) labio-dental Avis (granary) bilabial (war) du& labio-dental AvA (granary) bilabial AuA (war)
Jrati va (to finish) va (door) bilabial va (to finish) labio-dental va (to finish) labia-dental va (door) bilabial
(afight) labio-dental bilabial uil Iti:::i bilabial (blood) bilabial uil (blood) bilabtal vd (to tear) labio-dental ud vehicle) bilabial vd to tear) labio-dental, vd 'b) tear) labio-dental (vehiol'e) bilabial vdvd (to shake) bilabial vdvd (torn) labio-dental *vdvd (to shake) bilabial vdvd ItOrn) labio-dental vdvd (to shake) bilabial vdvd (torn) labio-dental vd (to tear) labio-dental (bloOd) bilabial (war) '. bilabial labio-dental iva 11%114") bilabial va (door) bilabial ..vdvd (to.shake) bilabial (to finish) labio-dental va bilabial ufd 1b3.4:00:00 Identify. by givingtheEnglishgloss. granary The words forthisexercise ire /INV !wartand /ay&
, 'granary' ''Ivi (granary) (war), 'war, la 'granary' ivi (granary) (war) 'war' 4011 'wart iVA Nail) tlo The words forthis ;exeról:if are/IA/door! and.pity (to finish), Ito finish' (door) 'door, (door) Idoort (door) tdoort (door) 1 door Thewords for this exercise are/Ant/ !blood! and/vd/ta fight". ud (blood) !blood! vd (a fight) la fight! ud (blood) !blood! ud (blood) !blood ! (a fight) la fight!
The wordsfor this exerciseaie /utt/ !vehicle!and /vd/Ito tear'. ud (vehicle) . svehiclet vd (to Ito tear! vd (to tear Ito tear! vd (vehicle !vehicle! vd (vehidle) Ivehiclef The wordsfor thisexerciseare /Antud/ Itoshakeland /vdv4/'torn'.
admit (toshake) Itoshake! udud (toshake) Itoshake! edud (toshake) Itoshakes vdvd (torn) !torn! vdvd (torn) !tornt
dental /d/ vs. retroflex/4/. the following pairs .Of ;Student*&mild listen carefully'toeach of words assaid by the instructor.
dfdf Ito.be long! lgoing down! idg lealival** !tongue! tto cook! da Ito throw! 4 d8 !hunger! dd Ito send! tto fill! Ito arrive' cus Ito plant! de !town! !gunpowder! Are the following pairs ofwords same or differentt,
(going down) dica (goingdown) (going down) dd (to be lonl (to be long) didi (to be long (goingdown) didi (tO be long) (goingdown) die Agoing down)
(saliva) Ad5 -(saliva) (saliva) A45 (tOnsie) (saliva) eld6 Jealiva) (tongue) i45 (tongue) (tongue) 6145 (tongue) 3 act (toItircmr) ( to throw)' (to thr010) (to coOk) D ( to throw) (to ( to coolc) di (to cook ( to throw) dd (to 000k da da de (hunk;er ad net) All er 3 *da hunger) da (hunger) da (net da da (net 3 da (net) d6 dts ( to fill) ( to fill) d6 .it4t0se ee nn dd dfs ( to fill) 46 to fill dd ( to send), dts N ( to fill) ( to fill) 46 ( to fill) , 46 (to arrive) cid ( to plant) ) 46 arrive dd ( to plant) i'tt.plant) dd ( to plant) dd t dd (to arrive) 46 ( to arrive) (tot) arrive) dd ( to plant) ( town) dd (gunpowder) de4 iicItiPir4r) dd od ( town ( town), (gunpowdet de dd (gunpowder) dd (gunpowdeii , Do thefolloiiing:wordscontain dental/cv o.r'iteiroflex'14/1
( gO ciown) retroflex (going,' 4own) retroflex .( to be long dental &in.& down retroflex 0 ( to' be long dental (salita e ''dental ( tongue), retroflex saliva) dental saiiVa) dental saliva) dental 9 retroflex ( to 'coOk) dental ( to throw) retroflex (to cook) retroflex ( tO ccOOk) dental (th,thr9w) ".. flet) retroflex. 46 net) retroflex do (hunger) dentil 8 da (hunger) dental (net) . retroflex dd ( to send). dental 46 ( to fill) retrorlex 'ad (IV 'send) dental 46 ( to fill) retroflex dd ( to send) dental dd (to plant) dental dd ( to arrive) retroflex ad (to plant) dental 46 (to arrive) retroflex ( to arrive) retroflex dii ( town) dental ( town) dental, 411 retroflex (gunpowder retroflex (gunpowder retroflex ( to cook) retroflex ( gunpowder)... .retroflex ddt ( to bi long) dental :dits ( to-send) dental (net) retroflex cbs ( to, fill) retroflex ato (going down) retroflex dd ( to, plant) dental d8 (hunger) dental didi (to, be, long) dental Identify by giving theEnglishSloss. The words for thisexercise are/didi/ I to beong' and'. /OW ,...sgoing dim& didi ( to be long) to be longs (going down) !going downs 414t ( going '.!lown) saving downs .7 7..41141 ; (acing down) !going downs (gOing down) 'going downs ; _.The words torthis exercise arehid5/I saliva' and/145 tonsil's (ialiva).4 !saliva! (saliva) 'saliva! (tongue) !tongues (saliva) !waive (tongue) !tongues
Iggv Ito cook! The wordsfor thisexercise are/da/ ! to throw! an&/c1 ( to cook) to cook! ( to cook) ! to cook' di411 ( to throw) to throw' ( to cook) ! to cook! da ( to throw) to throw' net! The wordsfor thisexercise are/thy !hunger' and/48/ da (hunger) 'hunger! (net) !net! da (hunger) 'hunger' da (hunger) !hunger! 48 (net) 1 net, velar /y/ vs.pharyngal /hi. word's as Students shouldlisten car'efullyto the followingpairs of said by theinstructor.' ; I suns ha Ito educate' Ya hag, yaa 'flowing' !broad' Are the followingpairsof words sameor different? ( sun) ya ( sun) ( sun) ha ( to, educate) ( sun) ya ( to educate) ya ( sun ( to educate) ya ( sun ( sun) (sun) ( to educate) ha ( to. educate) ( sun) ha ( to educate) ( sun) ha ( to educate) ( to educate) ha ( to educate) (flowing) (broad) yeti h&A (broad) (broad) haft MA (broad) iota haa (flowing) (broad) MA (broad) hia (flowing) yaa Iflowing OA (flowing (broad) bAA , (flowing yiA (flowing) (flawing (broad) yet& WU (broad) 4( flowing) ' yAA' (broad) yAA (flowing) haa
xxvi Do the fcillowingwordscontain velar/vitorPharyngal,./b/V ( sun) velar va ( to educate) pharyngal ha velar Vd ( sun) ha ( to educate) pharyngal ha ( to educate) pharyngal VA ( sun) velar ha ( to educate) pharyngal va (sun) velar (sun) velar Vd velar Vd (sun) yid (flowing) velar hdi (broad) pharyngal hdd (broad) pharyngal ydd (flowing) velar yid (flowing) velar hdd (broad) pharyngal hdd (broad) pharyngal ydd (flowing) velar hdd (broad) pharyngal yell (flowing) velar
( sun) velar Vd velar vEl ( sun) ( to educate) pharyngal ye (sun) velar had (broad) pharyngal yeti (flowing) velar he ( to educate) pharyngal hA (broad) pharyngal (broad) pharyngal }mid velar va ( sun) Identify by givingthe Englishgloss. /ha/ 1to educate! . The words forthis exercise are/ya/ I sant and ha ( to educate) 1to educate! 1to educatel ha ( to educate) to educate! ( to educate) 1 he Isun! id ( sun) he ( to educate) to educate' ( sun) 1sun! va sunt va ( sun) ( to educate) to educate! ha sun! ire ( sun) ha ( to educate) 1to educatel and /ha/'broad!. The wordsorthis exercise are/yeti/ Aflowingl 'flowing' (flowing) (broad) 'broad' (flowing) 'flowing' (broad) 'broad' 'broad' hii (broad) (flowing) 'flowing' 'flowing' 'broad' bii broad) broad) 'broad' (flowing) 'flowing'
a
xzysti II. Same Tongue Twisters
tte blitibitcli, biiie, litirmii;
rtt. : '4+60.
kik.* 4 k re, , !#% p ., " 7 + " "' AAA dadis Op Odd, 4it4e, 04f,di414A64, dilrOdo, 'Aldo:Mop d6dd44de, Oda;'a64aidirs'ziade4e,,';'4"604a6dos,rdid.4rit, ,464die% edadtii cliddcgt, iita-vuitko;;:ki*uddcfo,
tt, A -zr ' t '4 "4 A .+ r - r i"" *0. + . 4 '4t. CIA greitttit: t 1+:7' t04.1+
.;r1. ametederaiso, II,toafttfau, :drags ANN,Ard,rd, jiddedu, fotd, tafetfd, JAM, fliteld, diNf,afokarlare, nattrlafitri n4 Indxe Art Ise
xd, yd, yld, hlidzia, xld,heyt, Art, yeSyl, Oyesxixi, yely14e,ahay4ye,4and yibuyabu, bla,xldloo, hia, xAbuxabu, :4xli,
yeglidu, yeyfyi, yedzerd,yadddyi, ii1bdbia, ylfdodo,hAxixe a
pt. n, n
nd, od, me, nd, 13d, me134,anem6m16, m61cr4174,woe:41131d,
ameodtineld, mianevfnydna,mlanevAldted, nni, ameodald
vs Us W,
vd, a, w6, itua, thzô,Ava, lduo, avelua,aveliht, wozamed, atrd,
vemevivi, vendwewo, luaword,awobd4040, awlamatafa, vetarkla, veud, ivlfafa, ulnyianyi,guawogbe, vovoyi, awoeud,ituawoud,
AviwBwo, wlduldi, ufuli =rife ld mduli
_ ::::::;-":i17;rgiicTaTAN, . 224.1. 1.. 04.01.44.V.Icr&i_s144,064.,t,13.0,P111.1,3;41101 az id z eraiit s id zad zadzil3gbik,,c4:441401).00,4114,ti AS.ii,:tEt04,!4/ P 0404 OP kp6dz6dzo, dzftsfdzodzoegba
r, t, ' ' A, .'.'" '''4 Th4, 11'16.46Am....24. %4''.*T^*, : N ' 4 * +#* Z* '41. ..e. ".4". , ' t*,.'t,,',. A 4 t f.,,d ' " .w. *. .. g'7'
w gb,"4,04.1 $bAdzaa Ot*plat pa2c,4;,,zicrqicizaa4'1*P114136,*.. 3lP4 tikc .`t.TcP031).4 7gbpaiekpoyp;!) vilikpgi.gbt, 1{Pdrig4g4e.st.,(81,4414441,i 04d 4gbad 1960.4r4 at. gbagbogblo,klogbadza , kpelimdtsfa ,&edited:a:I,kpokp1oy#344,,,,,.. gbabilblIsbagb okpokpl ogb 84dgb acts, kpdkpaldeuitpagb 911'614, 11". 4
slab addnftpdkpai .. ""; A ; 1/4: r " t f. . t!4, .^-' 4 4. t.
N. 4 t,' '11" A'n n rt A 4 .± 4 r ,Y4 Vso , J. -
4%
+ ?te ty 41/4 A, 4. .4 tr: 4.. Jo; 41' ; , F -,t ,; .a ,.. 0, )0,7,f.. ,-.7 , ,tt, ,
V+, '` : 't7 1,14:4 1 `, , , t .1;41:, LI. 4 ' 7 14r r 1/4i - , r. , I . kf,...: p F,=. , o 16 '7/3. 4. -5 t , tr 4,4 Ft`t :.tt " .0,'-1/4 4, , . -; - , .11 .;.` .4 - ,- -
41. *. . te.k d7,.- ; ; + j, 4FF ,.. t t t Z) ." , 4, 14 .11 2. 11, 4k 4,4 4
0. f', , ; 1 kfi.0.).1.1.02 V.' 1; A. t " 4, "
7,r e *".-r :4; 01' n t' . ..'!7 F, . *; ' ,./ 3 t '.0.! to ,
7 ck.. r Is r 4it." ar J. -.4. , \1 1/4, 'Li.; t
'EgieX
...z.4717.74444 EWE BASIC COURSE
C. Ewe Basio Grammar
Irene Warburton Prosper KPOtufe
Roland Glover
This work was compiled with the support of the Office of Education, Department of Health, Education and Welfare of the United States of America ContractOEC-3-7-070097-2201
The preliminaryedition was compiled with the support of the Peace Corpsthrough Contract PC-82-19l7 Unit I
4 ' Greetings SUbiect Pronoun:C
Asking Questioni
Dialogue k: General Greetings-(1fithociiy)1
% K:Komla Af Akuwa
K: a
fd to get lap' arts you got up aftso did y-ou getupt2 if6a? How ari you71.
A:
yes
mefd I got up. a E, maf6. I'm fine, thanks.
t. K:
clividwd thc children
hi 4ilsoieven
Davfdwd hi f61? How are the children?
A.
w6f 6 they got up A E, w6f6. They're fine.
Notes: t 1. A relatively ahort exchange of greetinss is more commonin the
city. In the country, where people are in less of a hurry,
0, longer greetingeAre*MOifte usual.
2. Note the difference in the following pairs of sentences.
^ /111'6/ you 'got ups..
6116iiI did- yOu *get up? 2
Revidwdhif6/ 'The children isot up also.' /4dvidw6hi04/ 'Did the children set up too?' /-Vat the end of a sentence marks a yes-noquestion.
3. Literally, the above conversation means:
ifZel? Did you got up (in goodhealth)?
to maf6. Yes, I got up.
DavfAw6 ha -f611? Did the children get uptooi wad. Yes, they eot up.
Dialogue 2: horning (In the city).
K: Kumla Ko: Kofi
K:
lAnit liorningt1
Ko:
home
461 how about, what about, and (denotes aquestion)2
/On!, Ardima ad (or Ar4dmet6wd horning, how's everyone at home?
ad)?
IC: lt to be there
1461i. They'refine.3
Ko:
mi6f6 you (pl.) gotup4
nydid well
mtera nydfdi? You're all well?
K: mfdfd we'got up z , B, migf6 nydie. Yes, we're all, fine. -2sw I.
Notes:
1. Fro!a ,pnglish morning. It is used on the coastal, areas, the ADlo area and especially in, Accra where there is a great
mixture of tribes.
2. Note the following sentences.
/ardda,/ 4 home.'
/4f44md 44/ How s( everyonp at ). home ?
/4Avi4w6/I the children!
AsivItiwc5 44/ IHow are the children?I; !Where are thechildreni%
and the children? ., /44/ at the end of a noun phrase may be translated 'how JAW,
where is?'r!what is?! or land...21, depending: on: the 'context.
3. /14/61.1/ Literally: 'They are..there.I /li/I to be there!is
here used synonymously with /f6/ and /d4/.
4./of4/ Iyou (sg.) got upl
Iyou (pl.) got upt
Ewe makes a distinction between the second person.:singular
and plural. Eiploat.1: Good Morning (In the country)
Abl Alaa. Am:,,Ama
Ab:
Good),Imorningl
Am:
4418 ifddmitdwd 4412 Good morning, howl severyone* at home?
Ab:
&id s4e., it got 1.1p.,
Efd. Fine. I.
4 .1 A, Am: * Dillvf1W4 441- How about the 'children'? fl , r . . 4, .4
W4513 (or, W6f6) They' re .fine:
4.1
WdfsS nydfdEll They' re all' well? Air 44v14w4? Yes, sahd yourbbildient S. ; A 1.- A 2. AM. w613. Theylie fine.. -
W4A,.
Idf r*dfdal Th5ylie au wear- -*
it
E110 '. Yes..
Notes: , ..v.
4. ,. , ,. ., 1./ifê6mataw6 44/ ;. .- I How. I s eyeryone at home?I /4elvfiwd 44/ .,,,- 'How are the children?' P... :*, ? 0 ' *'.1 - /44vialw6/ ..k. ...x,. , . : I) ri,:T f'.., If the context is clear,/46/ may be omitted .in queitions'like the above. 2.ate makes ho gender..distinction in thethird person singular pronoun. ThErSub lee t P1onoune,:4. :) /m4f6/ got up' /mi6f6/ 'we got upt /df6/ 'you ( sg.) got up' :.**/mf4/ 'you (pl.) got upl /4f6/,' the, she, it got upl /w4f6/ 'they got up' 64-
0,..11 5 I.
Singular E
1st person v
2nd person t 3rd person 4- The pronouns aremil and,mi, but e actsasaliaison between ceptain pronouns andverbs and/or verbtenseg. This e is nOtpart of the, pronoun. Diakostue 4:,Good Afternoon (In thecountry) K:Kosi A:Abia
10dot (Good) af ternoon
(form ofrespect)1 V. 13do, god Areame44? Good af ternoon, how I s everyone at home?
dâ to sleep Ed6. Pine.2
1:04v/44 How about thechildrelit:
W6416, Ovfliwd? -They're fine, and yourchildren?
VIOrd nydfd. They' re fine.
No tea: , 41. 1./gad/ is a respect form usedby a woman to a man, a commoner to a chief, or -inany.,,situation where onewishes ta: 1
:
. I. 6 2.Literally, lIt (i.e.,the housett-Gid)-eleptwell.'This is when e lit'is.Uied instead ofwd-1*-theyl. Dialogue $,:Good Eveninii K:Kosi Ko:Kodzo
r>, 4o, uo 44 to
Alts (Obbd) óvoñingV
. , Fie gc3c3, kritimat -,CloOd\kiAreningi at homie-f.'- K
Edo 6 Fine. Kos:
DdrftiwiSV:i How about thechildreilli: T 3 -4 They' re fine. Ko W6d5 !wadi? They're all well?
sri wife, husband, spouse your wife, hubn E, srawai 445? *;Yes, howls your wife?
a She's fine.
Davidwdt Ilow about the children? "31,104. 4 eto,p2,,T," 1 0T4m oj tivw, Wcilit:nytti4.* IlOyLrO rtriti, SupplementaryVocabulary: yourfather fofowo, or,t6w3 mother dawa'(or, awd) your father (ifelderly) t6gbdf grandfather, elderly) grandznother,mother (if melmi brothers, sisters,cousins avfwawd your
GrammaticalDrill pronoun +/f6/. 1. Respond withthe appropriate Efo. Examples: Sriwaa dd? Dav/awd 46? IldfS.
Afdama 46? ifo (or, wofo).
the appropriatepronoun + 2'0 Respond with Sr5wda 44? Noviwaw6 462 Wdlt Fofowo 4A
Dawd1:6? Eli.
Mara4.6? Eli. pronoun + 3.Respond withthe appropriate
Minitt 46? Edo.
Deviawd 46? 141dcio.
Fofowd 4.62 Edo.
Sr5wia 44? Edo (or, wddo). Afdame, 46? /f6 nydi4/. the appropriatepronoun + 14.. Respond with T6gbdi 46? h'fo
Dawd 44? Efo nyzi16.
Sr5waa 46?
Novfwdwd 462 Waanyd16. I.
Delviaw6 46? W6fo nydfd.
5. Respond with the appropriatepronoun+ /lfnydf4/.. if6am6 46? Lli nydf4 (orswdlf°nydf6). ' Dawd 44t. 1l nydfd DIP T6gbuf 46? U. nyuie.
.Marati 462 E1 nytife. D6viawd 46? W6lt nydf6.-.
6. Respond with:the appropriatepronoun +/d6 nydf4/. Noviwaw6 46? Wod6 nyd16.
Dawa44? Edo nyuie:
Sr N641 46? Edo. nyuie.
do 0 0,0 Areame 02. Edo mule (orswodo-nyuie). *00 Togbdi 44?:.: Edo ,nyuie.
7. Respond with /e/ + the'appropriate pronoun +/f6/. i Examples: Efoa? p Oft. Efoa? mefo.
Ef6 ny1f6i?, mef6..
.if;i? Wofoa? 2, wof:00 Wofo nydfdit t, wOa.
Efoa? 1 E, 06. mg, Miefo nyuiea? E, 8.Respond wiih/eftthe appropriatepronoun' + /1V.
W611&? . m6la.
Miei? : E, mi,eli. . 44.ifit2 E,
411 - -8- I. appropriate mrkoun 4 9 Respond wi th + they 0 0 Miedoa? miedo. wodop., 0-"wcsd6,nydiat.".. medo. taw .rtLi ,t. E,...*_ :1.C:1 I 10460 wodo. pronoun +the verb used_ 10. Fiespond with/e/ +the appropriate in the question.
Examples:Efoa? E, ifo. Efoa? E, mefo. gfo nytifea g, mefo. Ado nraei? E, mefo. Deviawo hA d62 E, wedo: 00041 nyuiea
idoa? E, medo.
Sr3woa foa2 Es 6fo.
ido nytlila E, edo. Deviawo hl lia? E, 0411 Wofo nyuiea? E, wdfo. ..0, Miedo nyuiea? E, miedo.
Question and AnswerDrill: instructor. Then ask another Answer thequestion asked youby the pattern. student in theclass a questionbased on the same has had a chanceto ask Continue in this manneruntil everyone
and answerseveral questions.
1. Questionwi th /ad/ .
Example: Instructor: Afeame 46? Student: ifo. Deviawdad? 10. I.
2. Question
Example: Instructor: Melia? k. StudentI'' ismieli. Deviawo ft;nytlieell
Conversation Drill: dialogues in, Unit Improvise a conversation,on'the model of the
,
3.
.010- 1
Unit II The Pronouns/na/ and /wd/ TheDemonstrativesisia/ Uses of theParticle /ya/ Dialogue 1 E:Edward K: Kwasi
studentIl Nlifiala Lid sukftvi nenydA? Are you ateacher oi a IC:. igble farm Lgbladelet farmer ati tree atike - root itikewolL doctor, herbalist
e da illness, sickness of illness) td0814 doctor (healer hand2 ya 'on theother Agblwadditi meny4. I sin a farmer. A * is a Kofi ya nyd sukuvi. Koffon the'other hand student. E: hand amw a Nye yaettlkewold. menyd. I,- on the 'other teedoctor. person 'time ka which, who aieka who
man .1 sit .41. .this3 I 3311t=sia this man
.Ameka' enye Odtsu Who is' this man?
,eya hik he also
to citizen
towd Oitizeno.citizens American. Eya hit nyeAmerikatowo. He also is an , He4ts.ateher., , ,Ndtia1aw3nye. this farmer's nawa, Bob, agbledela sia' Good morning,'Bob; Kwasi. 33k6 dny6 Kwasi. name is
Notes: , alternate as. 1. /nal lyou,(13134,and../d/tyou,(sg4, freely subject of a sentence./enye nufialailyau(se.), arg,a (se.), are a teacher.4 teacher.!./nenye,nufiala/ 'you the npun it 2.. /yAtiomtheother'hand, but'is used to place
;1141cdvii/ 1:follows in:,oppositionto aaother./Kofi ya nye ,ontheother hnad is astudent.' or 'ButKofi is, a else whip hae student.' (Whenspeaking:of Kofi and someone,
' 600 ther.oetupation . adjective. 3./ask/ (pl. /sia1140 this' is thedemonsti-ve nufiale/ It follows the nounit modifies.Autsu sia nye
. , . tAy t'This man is% a teacher. t r /Amerikatowd/ 4./Amerikato/ 'American,American citizen.1 oft 'Americans, Americancitizens.'/to/ 'citizen, citizen only may be usedin the plural[bowl/even When it refersito
one person4:-The choice isoptional. /to,/, /towo/ ip_ suffixed to the name of acountry, city, town oryil,lage
to signify resident orcitizen of that place./0.14natp/
/Ghanatowd/ IGhanaian(s)1 /Togotqi/Togiotorwo/ ITogqlesel -12m /Geto//GEtowo/.1resident-of,Accra'. VP.
3
Dialogue 4
K: Kofi B: Bob K: to give, for, to nA you via to you ntiwa you/ Ndi awaf, Good morning to B: are you: Ndi, afda? Good morning, how K: ndfiala teacher (singular) (n)e you Fine geg. Are you a E. Ndfiala ndny4A? teacher? B: wa you(emphatic) teacher. manyd. Yes, I am a Waa What about you. K: sukdvi student or ild student.2 Sukdvi nye yameny6. I an only a . African or Amorican? ifrikátawo alo Amerikatowo Are you
nanyda? B: I um American. Amerikatowomeny4.
Notes: contraction of/wo +ya4e/ 1. /wila 44/ is theresult of the you?Ilya/ is 'And you on theother hand?' or'How about
3 usually contractedwith/wd/to form/woa/. foilow a noundirectly, it canoften 2. When/ya/does not 'only' or'just'. be bettertranslated as 'but' or /Sukdvi nye ya meny4/1I'm only astudent.' -13- Dialogue 3
B: Bob K: Kosi B: English 4ilisitowo Is this manEnglish? 1011sitowo odtsd sia nyéi? K: Yes, he isEnglish., E, 1OlisitoWowdny4.. B: AfrikitSe'Koff nyeEl? Is Kofi African? IC: the 'otherhand, ifrilaito4 Koff ya ny4. Yes, Kai, on is an African.
Dialogue
B: Bob K: Kosi B: Are you astudent? Suldtvi anydi? K: no o (orao) 44, No, I am afarmer. 0, agbledela menye. And you? Vida 44? B: Tdettilwo Togolese
Ndfiala menyd. I am a.teacher. Togolese? Tdgdtd any4A? Are you IC: Yes, I amTogolese," E, T6gdt4 meny4.
W844? And you? B: imerikatowo menye. I am American.
Comprehension KOff, nye Kosi nyeAfrikit;wo. LyeTogoto agbledela. ya e, Asia nye Bob.gnye auka710Nutsusfiwc; nyloAmelriliatZw4.
a. ndfialtt.,Edward ya.nyedoyola. 5
A.Questions Based on theCom rehension
1. ifrikeltSwo Kola nyea
2. Tdgotowo w8rly4a2
3. Sukdvi ald agbladald!Cosi nyda?
4. sukevi ald agbladaliKoffyanydin
S. imerikt;tSwo Afrikit6wo Bob nyga?
6. Ndfiala Bob nydta
7. D6yold, Ind ndfiala Edwardny4A?
B. Questions for the Class
1. Sukdvi anyda?
2. Ndfiala menytg?
3. Ndfiala ildsUkdvi Otsd sia nyda?
4. Yevd (white man)wdnydA2 1
Unit III ThehtlphaticLY.. The DefiniteArticle
Dialogue 1,
E: Edward Kosi E: person, human 81110 what, whicfi(quedtion ka e particle)
who ameka
tit the (definitearticle), (or, a) this1
'teacher
%Who is'the.teacher Bob or Imekat nyendfialatt-Bob alts , Kofif Koffi? K: , : itis2 a-t*is'bob who is thet6acher; Bobe nyendfialaai'(Or,' ' ABobA.s theteacher). '114fiala la). Kofils astudent.3 °Koii nyd E:
. ' young-lady clatugbui visitor, 4anderet tsa4ili .1s:thisyoung*lidy. a 'student Sukfti aldtsadillt(e)-detugbui
e x r Or avisitor? 4e siany4a? K: , She.is astudent4.. Sukdviewany4. -
E: , . . youngmaa,\gentleman .' daksiipui Who is thisgentlemaa? Amdka 4ny4'46kitkpui dial' K: MIstei ..afto He is MisterBrown. *APS:tb B`rone. E: " t . , 7. %C nyd (be)good5 dnyo (he*11.10; It) -goad s. r Kolto very, much dnyo vita it is very nice, itii very good ot Kt. , Ooc,efdel, Arsito Brczwn..', Well, how are you,Mr..Brown. B: Moto nyuie. I am well, thank you. Notes: li(4I/1/7:or .is a .demonstrativeadjective, and it serves as the definiteai,ticle aftera substantive.Similar to the adjectives and _other nounmodifiers it followsthe,:no,un it modifies,' .e.g./ati/tree'/ati lift/ jatfa/ ..1 tilt:I:tree' If' there is an adjectivemodifying the noun theax4.ka.le,./191/ or /I/followt,the_adjective, e.g./agble/ 'farm' tlga/ ga .14/'the big farm'(114ere.1.1.v ,sfarim WAthe). The-definite article, is normally usedwhen tOe noun it:podifies has alreadyr been previously mentioned orkniiwh.;...Thus it, is not used as Often-Asit is used in English. 2./yd/ or; /Id/ ttet. places asubstantive or a pronounnoticeably oppcbition to another.The.,/ye4orle/ ,,,(br,hick is:: more common, dueto-seaseof pronunciation)is suffixed,. to the noun it emphasizes.. Comparc. thefollowing examplest,..; ". /Kotny4 ntifiala/ iKofi is ateacher' simply:announces
;.. what Itiofilikprofe,sp:i.onhappens. to be. /Kofie dyL .ndfialtk/Literally, fit is Kofi-,,,whois a teacher' (in oppositionposomeone else). -17- However, this type of construction is much more common in
Ewe than the construction lit is Bob who...' is in. English.
Note that the pronoun e is attachtd to the preceding, v'erb,
e.g. /enyo utsV lit is very good.' The ell,phatic e is attached
to the noun or whatever it emphasizes, e.g. /Eon. nye .hufials/ t. 'it is Kofi who.is the teacher.' /Amekae nye esiali 41166.is
* this?'
4 I Cf 3. To emphasize the substantive predicate, you place,it at t46
beginning of the sentence and you add the emOhatic to it. , /sukdvf Kofi nyd/ 'icon isa student.' , ** e a ,., /sukevie Kofi ny4/ 1Kofi is a studentrather th
something else).'
; In a short question or answer where only on'e substantive is
used, 6 follows the sibstantive and the verb is Ohitted,
Question: /Amdkae nye clek&kpui sia?,/ 'Who is this man?'
'-Answer: "Afdtpc Browhe/ 'It is Mr..;Brown.
and
Bob: /D8yold(e ) datugbui sia ny6.,/ 'Thisyoung,laayis 4 doctor.
Kofi: /AmeriktiltdwdeaV lIs she American?
4./wd/ 'he, she.,'itl replaces /d/ in an affirmative, etente404,
when there is Some other ele;ment preceding the subject 'as
for example: fiukdvie wany4/ fIt isa student that.sh9440or 'She is a student.'
5. Many words, such as 'good,' which we consider an adjective,
are expressed in Ewe by&Verb, for example, /nyo/ 1(to) be good, is good.' Further discussion will comelater in the
book.
DialoAue2, BrBob Kofi
Kofi, Afrikatowo nenyea2 Rofi, are you African? -* K: E, Afrikatowo menye. Yes, I am African. Wdya 44? (or, wda 44)? What about you? B: imerikitwo menye. I am anAmeAcan. K: Wdenye ndfialael? Are you the teacher? B: 2, nye; nye nlifiala Yes, I am the teacher.
Sukdvi nany4&? Are you a student? K: 0, Agbledel4 meny4. No, I am a farmer.
Dialogue.3
K: dot i Ko: Kosi
K: imerikatowo alo Afrikeltwoe 'Is this man American orAfrican?
nye 13dtse Ko: Afrikatowoe. He is African. K: French2 ljlisitowo Fransetdwoe Is John English or
nye Johnel? Ko: He is English. K: Amdkae nye ndfialag, Bob Who is the teacher, Bob or
ild Johni? John? Ko: Bobe.nye ndfiala Bob is the teacher. Dayoli(4) John nyd. John is a doctor. a Dialogue 4
tt B: Bob K: Kofi B: Kofi .thisyouilg Ndi, lion* doyolae detugbui Good Eorning* , lady ksAdoctsm,. sia nyd. 1s ,phe American?, Ah1,1Amerikilttiwoea? Yes, sheiq.American. Es imerikatowoe. Kofi, are youi teather? Kofi nufialanenyea2 K: No.1,am a ktudent.. 0*sukevie menyd. *, Note: AThat' 1. AMU is anexclamationequivalent to:..'Oh yes.1, reminds me.' etc.
Comprehension John ha nyeAmerikatowo. Bob nydi1T1erikat6wo. Lye atIfiala. Koff nye Lye 4reto Brown nyed;yolel. inye lisiawo. * I Kofi nyesukilvi. Kumla Afrikatowo. Kluli hi nydAfriktltwo. yanyd Agbledeld.
A.Questions Based onthe Comprehension II I I nyea? 1. Amerikatowo aloAfrikatowo Bob
2. Ndfiala w8mydA2 3. AmeriktItclwo lalisiawci John nyea? 4. Ndfiala Al6 dayoldwanyda?
5. iseto Brown cle dayoldwanydell . . . . Brown nyea? 6. Amerikatowo aloaisiawo Afeto nyea? ifrikatZwo imerikelt;wo Koff 7. . 8. Sukavi wonyea?
9. Amdkae nyeAgbledeld ld? imerikatwo 16m14 nyea? 10. ifrikatwo alt; -20- B. Questions for theClass
1. Amdkad nye ndfialaa?
2. Amdkad nye dtsd sia?
3. Amdkad nye Otusbuial nenyeal 4. imerikeits;wo 2LOifrilultZwo menyea? 5. AmerikatZwo lS)c lifrik;ttZwo
6. imeriktItZwo mienyea?
7. Amdkadnyelmerikatwo?
8. Amdkad nyeistfrikiltwo?
9. Amdkad nye Kaisiawo? Unit IV
Plural Dialogue 1
B: Bob K: Kosi
B: Fig, ea? Good evening, how areyou? IC: go mefL I am well, thank you. B: devi a child devii the child
daviiwo thechildren1 children? Ddvidwo dd? What about the
Vitsd siawo these men They are fine. Wofo. students? Sukaviwo odtsd siawo nyfia? Are these men
or(Sukilviwoenye ijuteu
siawoa?) K: A Yes, they arestudents. E, sukuviwoe(wonye). B: students African2 Afrikatowoe nyesukuviawoa? Are the
xe, xol6 friend
kpld and and Koff. areAfricins. Kamld kpldKofiwdnyAtrikatowo. Komla Bill and Tdm areAmericans*. Bill kple Tamwdnyd Amerikatowo. Americans and theAfricans Amerildt6awo kpleAfrikittiawo The friends. nye xgwo. are
Notes: 'iubstantives is formed byaddin&Wo to them. 1. a. The 'plural of personal pronoun), e.g. (Wo is the 3rd personplural of the /ame/ Ihuian being: -22- /amewo/ Ihuman beings! b.Should the substantive be followed by a modifier (adjective, pronoun, article), the sign of the 'plural is added to the latter, e.g..
Revi/ . !child! bievilapor kievia/ ! the child! Reviawo/. !the children! /1g/ I animal! /woada/ Iwild! /liwoadawo/ Iwild animals! 2.In the singular the definitearticle/may be or I. In the plural it is always /ati/ I tree! /atili/ or /atilt/ I the tree! /atilwo/ I the trees! Dialogue 2 B.Boby. Kofi B: ny6nu woman . Afrikatowoe nye nyonu siawoa? Are these women African?..; W. .Ariikato*oe wohye:. Yes, they *are African. Togo towo- vonye. are:Totblese.
VatrOplairb& nye odtallsiawdat Are.thesie men. European?4,7 err a B E, ljutsusiawo kple dekakpuisiawoYes, these men aid these. nyd Eur6pit6wo. young man Are Europeans. suicuvxv6e'lkienyeel?: .Are; you' Students? fewi' two
ISO ift B, mienye wukuviwo. Yeswet.are students. .6 3.. IV.
Dakakpui dva'siawde ny6 These two young man are the
ndfitildawd. teachers.
Dialogue 3
B: BOb .Kofi
B1: T6g6t6w6 abs Ghanat6wd Are these girls Togolese or
detugbui siawo ny6a?* Ghanaian?
T6g6t6w6 w6ny6. They are Togolese.
tsadild visitor
Sukdviwo A16 tsadildwo wdny6a2 Are they students or visitors? K: Tsadilawo tordnyd. They,are visitors:,
Dekakpdiawd ny6 sukdviwo. The boys .are sttidents. D: laisiawo alo Amerikatowo Is the teacher English or
ndfialaa nyda? American? K: Amerikatowo wonye. He is American.
Dialogue 4
B: Bob X: Kosi Kamlg
B: Sukdvfwoe deviawo ny6a? Are the children students? K:
E, sukdviwo wdny6. Yes, they are students. B: . 4, Afrikatowo alo Amerikatowo Are they Africans orAmericans?.'
wdny6a?
. IC: Afrikatowo wonye. They are Africans. 13 : Miawoe nye ndfialaawoi? Are you the teachers?
tiKo: Es miawoe. Yes, we are.
. . B: Afrikatowo alo Amerikatawo Are you (pl.) Africans or
mienyea? Americanel 11:S; Afrikatowo mienye. We are Africans. -24- IV. Comprehension Bob kpld John wonyeAmerikitt6wo. Itirdnye ndfislawoo.
Sukavfawo nye AfrLkatwo. TOgOtwo wOnye.Sukavlawo kpld
ndfialaawo nyd xewo.Koff kpld Kamli nyixiwo.. Kofi nyd 0 sukavi. Kamld ya nyd agbledela.
A. Questions Based on theCompalehansion
1. Amerikatawo Bob kple Johnwonyea2
2. Ndfialawo Al dayoldwowdny6a2 sukavfawo nyea2 3. Amerik.ta owo.19 a oIf rikatawo
4. Sukavlawo kpld ndfialaawo w6ny4 x5woa2
5. AfrikiltZwo Koff kpl4 Kamli wdnyda2
6. nwoe wdnydA2
B. questions for the Class
1. Ndfiala 1dsukavi raianyea2
2. Ndfialamienyea2
3. 4Cfrikeltwo denyea
4.Imerikatawo mienyea Unit V IndependentPersonal Pronoun.s MO...mm.14 ,
IC: Kamlit. Ko:Kosi 4.11 4 4.i V. if4(1? How are yoUt Ko: So mato. *- . I am fine.. ,
Wd How are yOU41;. hi efoli V. Lo mefo. Pines. Davidwo 40 How aie.the children? Ko: Wdli nyuie. They aie: well. :;-. K: Srilwoa 40 And you*, wife? Ko: Eyih116. She is al dawell.2 K: to come from
e afi' -.place, here -J kit 4uefition marker, what*
-*41,20. 1, whichitc ..
affki .'what..place,:.,where Afika mietso? Where do .you come from? Ko: 'toff tsi; ya - ..;Kofi comes froni:Kpalimei mated Lame. come from Lome. V. to si to to atity...tnS:14.4,p3tace nana to Stay habitually* Itpalimemienonii? Do you (pl.) 11.ve, in Kpalime? Ko: afisia this place, here
gake but (and) * .: T Kofi naa (or, nana) Kpalimeo Kofi lives in Kpalimeo Is op 1.0 t fiake7 ny8 ya manani afisia. the other hind', 'liVe"here. " tb.1 ; . *ks ,: o' V.
Notes: 11 also got upl 1. /nyahi maf4/ 'you (ss.) alsogotupl" /we)hi af4/ got upf /4yahi mief6/ lhe, she, it also 4. 'we also got upl /millwOhi ralef61 got up' /mielwO hi mief4/ 'you (pl.) also
/w66r6hi w6f6/ 'they also gotupY' Singular Plural
1st pervim nya mliw6
2nd person wd ralawc1
3rd person 4 used when thepronolin The independentpersonal pronouns are either subject or is to be emphasized. They may be used as precede the verbbut object. As subject theydo not directly /h5/, /0,/, etc. are separatedfrom it by aparticle like Inon-independentl In all but thethixd personsingular the /116/ and personal pronouns arealso used afterthe particle before the mainverb, pronounbefore 2. /ya/ isattached to thethird person singular
/hi/. Dialogue 2
Bt Bob K1 Koff
A B. 4) .Kofi, where are youfrom? Kofi, ari4a netso? Kt Togo. matsd T6golA. I come from B: A Where does Akuwa comefrom? Afika Akuwa tso? .4 K: , comei frani Togo. Eya b ts6 T6go., She 'ilso B: Koff, are you ateacher? Kofi,,nufiala nenyea? 3
V.
gs nilfiala menye. Yes, I an a teacher. teacher? Ndfiala wahi anydaT Are you also a 13: E, ntlfiala monye. Yes, I am a teacher.
Dialogue3
B-J: Bob and John E-T: Edward and Tam
/1114 B-J: Amerikatowo mienyeal Are you Americans? E-T: 1 Americans. E, nye kple Tammienye Yes, Tom ad I are
Amerikatowo. Americans? imerikilt&wo miawc; himienyda? - Are you also B-J: Americans, E, AmerikatLwomfenyeseye Yes, we are also Kokcmo, mietso Kokomo,Indiana. and we come from Indiana.2
aldk8 How is, how are (pl.)? A1dk8 miefSa? How are you B-J: 'Very well, thank you(pl.). Ittifef;, nyUie.
Notes: (substantiVes, 1. /kple/ land, with' conjoinsonly words pronouns, verbsetc.), e.g./Bob kple Ton/ IBob and
Tam' orABob 'withTam'. /nonye Amerikato, eyemetso 2./eye/ 'and' conjoins sentences. fram Chicago. Chicago./ amAmerican, and I come V.
Dialogue 4 ,
D: Datugbui John
D: Washington mietsoa? Are you (pl.) fromWalshAlstccn?
Bob ts6 Washington. Bob comes fromWashingto44
Nyea matsd New York. I come fram 4ew.York'
nya to know, to be,ac.quainted
dzelsi to recognize r, 'BrotInt Ahi Enya 06to Brownd? Aht Do you knoW Iir. Eya hI ts6 New York. He com es fromN ew lbri
dd ga. to meef A t. medd gd 1 'met
la in, at E, miedo go Areto Brown la Yes, we met Mr. Brownin New 4 New York. York. D: Ndfiala wanyd. He is a teacher. e , Ndfialawo miawo hlMienyea? Are you alsoteachers? J: I an a Bob nyd ndfiala,nyad Bob is a teacher,
manyd dayo14. doctor. -st ComDrehension Edward ts6 New York.iinyedayold, eye wanonaLame. e, Edzesi Bob kple John. ido lic4) Bob kple John la NewYOrk.
Edward dzasi ArdtoBrown hI;Ar4to "biOW'n, bob kpldJOhn Ardto woawo 111w6tso AmerikA, sydw6awo hit w6n3na T6go.
Brown kpl6 Bobwdnye ndfialawo, sake John yany6
A. Questions Based on theCom rehension
1. Afika Edward tso?
2. Afika wonona? -29- V.
3. WyolA, ndfiala aldagbledela wanyda?
* 01 * 4. Edzesi John kpleBoba? I 5. Afika wodo go w6 1a2
6. Afika Bob kpleJohn wotso2
7. Dkrolti, ndfiala 6116 agbledelawcinyda?
8. AfIka wOn;na?
B. questions for the Class
1. Afika ats82
2. Afika mets82
3. Afika aekakpui sia tso2
4. Affka datugbdi sia ts62
5. Amdkae ts6 New York?
6. Amdkaa tsd Wathington?
7. Amdkae ts6 T60?
8. Amdkae ts6 Ghana?
9. Amdkae tsd California? 1
Unit VI agative Dialogue 1
B: Bob K:: Kofi
B: kafla (tafIatse) excuseml
afikatowo citizen of what place
Kaflg, Kofi. Excuse ms Kofi.
Afikatowo nony82 Where are you fram? K: Togotdwo.menyth I am Togolese,
1311siaw6 nenyea, Bob? Are you English,Bobg
(or, Ao), nye meny6 No, I am notEnglish3.
* kaisiawo o.
Amerikatowomenye. I am Amrican.
Menyesukavi nenyd 0612 Aren't you a student?
(5,nye mnyesukavi O. No, I am not a student. mny6. I am a visitor. B: amdiawd who (pl.)
3autsuvi boy
Amekawd enyd 13ittsuv1 siawci? Who are these boys? Alk MAny4 sukftiwoe wonye °a? Arent they students? K: ny4 to know
Nyto rldnya a. I do not know. W86 nyd naiale12 Are you the teacher? B: 0, nyd mAnye riiifialaa c. No, I am not the teacher.
Afeto Browne nye nufiala la. Mr. Brown is the teacher.
Doyolae nyea menye. 1, on the other hand, I (emph.) am a doctor. 2 VI. Notes: 1./taflatse/ - formal /kafla/ - colloquial 2./131isiawo/, glisitowo/ 'English, Englishman' Bothforms are usedinterchangeably.The first is a combination of Ansi/ 'England, English ( adj )+ /W def. article' + /1116/ plural.. Similar to this:/Togoawo/I Togolese,' etc. 3.Negative ciaviawo f;/ the children got upt /coviiawo mdfo 6/ 'the children didn't get up' /claylawo foa/ 'did the children get up?1 Alevlaw6 m626 6A/ 'didn't the children get up?1 The negative is formed byplacing /m6-/ after the subject and before the predicate and/c3/ at the end' of .the .sentence. This can be.compared to :French ne pits. The Negative ,Paradigm withPersonal Pronouns in SubjectPosition /nyekneo 6/ did not get upt frait6 6/ ?you (sg.) did not get upt /rrigfo. the, shei it did not get upl /miefo/. lwe did not get upl fmiefo/ 'you (pl.) did not get up! /wdmefo .. 'they did not get :kip' Note the _following. changea ofthe pronominal prefix in the negative: a In the first person singular/rag-/ is replaced by /nyd-/. In the second and third personssingular the pronominal and the negative prefixescontract to form /me/ which -32- VI. pronozninal prefix: carries the tone of the I. /m4/+,40/ /m8/ hatV+ /d/ "--"t /IRV e.In the first and second personsplural the mof the negative /me/is elided: /infb /me/4 /foill" /6/ /111;-ef The fori /mimefa6/isdialectal. In the negativequestion; the negativeprefix /mg-i, is used inthe Berneway; but the question marker/A/ is added to the negative: /mato clii.2/ !Didn't you get up?!
Kd:Kodzo Km: Komla Bob Kd: Amdkae nye Kidsta sia? Who is this man? Km. Nyamdnya 6. I do not know..
Mdnysstaravi 6. He is not a student. Kd: K4fla,irdto, wdenyd Excuse me, sir, are you ndfiala 142 the teacher? B: nyad. Yes, I am. Kd: AmerikAt6woe nyesukftvlawoa2 Are the studentsAmerican? B: 6, Afrikatwoe. No, ihey are African. Dialogue 3
Kosi A: Akuwa B:Bob K: whoP is Pie,Akuwas amdka dnye ,Good evening, AkUwa, the teacher?
Nyamdnyaa. I do not know. -33-6 K : Sukdvi enye Kamlg? IsKO'mla a student? A. A not a student. 0, Kamll menyesukuvi o. No, Komla is Afrikatowoe Bob kple John Are Bob andJohn Africans?
wdnyeia B: No, they are notAfrican. 8,iormenyeifrikaaw6 Dialoaue4
E: Edward K: Kofi
know John andBob? Enya John kple Bobs.? Doyou K : John, but I. Nycl mAnyi John 8,gake I do not know many4 Bob 0. know Bob. FJ : to meet, to getacquainted kpe with place) did you meet iffka n;kp; Bob la Where (what Bob? K : Lome. Mekpe Bob laLame. I mat Bob in E We village town
big, large
big town, city
village? Wee nyeLamea.? Is Lame a 0 village; 0, Lame memekore o;ddgi No, Lame is not a
wOny6. it is a city.
Comprehension Bob kpl6Johnw6nye ndfialawo. W6menye Afrikatowo o. wcimenye ntifialawo 0, wonye W6ny6 Amerikatowo. Kofi kple; lanai mSnye sulcavi suktIviwo WOmetso Amerika6 Wts O Lame Agb1edel4 w6ny6. Lame anye kAre 8;dAgg wamd. -34- VI.
A. 229.11420_pmed on theCom rehension
1, Sukdviwoe Bob kpld John wdnyea? 0 2. Afrikatawoe wonyea? A 3. Afika wotso?
4. mifialawoeKofi kpld Jtki.w wOnyea?
5. Amerikatowoe wonyea? 0 A 6. Afika wotso?
7. Sukdvie K&ii1nyda?
8. D8y814 wonyeA2
9. Ndfiala wanydal
B. Questions for theClass
1. Ndfiala nenydA?
2. Sukiiviwoe mieny4A?
3. Sukdvi meny(64?
4. D8y3l4 mnyda?
5. Tsaaild menydA?
6. Ndfialae odtsA sianytiA?
7. Sukdvi wanyda? 0.14 8. Amerikatowoe nenyea? op. 9. Afrikatowoe nenyea?
10. Lame netsda?
11. T6g6 netsda?
12. Ndfialawoe 4ek4puisiawo nydA?
13. Tsaaildwoe wonydA?
lk.ifrikatwoe w8nyea?
15. k)lisiawoe wdny61?
"35- 1
'Unit VII
Possessives
Dialogue I
A: AkuWa, K: Kofi B: Bob
A: nyel my
(1)a the
xinyaa my friend
Xanyaa nyis Amerikatowo. hy friend is American. itso New York. He comes from,New York. K; ti(fe) his, her, its iljko 46? What is his name? A. Erjkoe nye Bob. His name is Bob. B: your (sg.)
Ijkowo ad? What is your name? K: 4konyaenye Kofi. My name is Kofi. B: Sukdvienenyea,Kof12 Are you a student, Kofi2 K: nav/ brother, sister, cousin
E,nye kple novinye mienye Yes, my brother and I are students.
Notes:
3.. Possessive Adjectives
/ Zionya/ !my name! /nya Zko/
/C3kowd/ !your namet /weo5ko/ /kko/ !his, her, its name!
/mfaZko/ lour name! -36- VII. /miaZko/ I your ( pl ) name' /wdijko/ I their name' Singular Plural 1st person nyd- 2nd person wd- raia- 3rd person 6. wd- The possessive alwaysprecedes the possessed noun,except for the, possessiveadjectives of the firsttad secohd persons. singular.The possessive adjectivesof the first andsecond. persons singularnormally follow.thepossessed noun if the latter is: a.a kinshipterm - /t6nya/!my father'
/awl/ I 'your mother! b./x8/ 'friend! /xenycl/!my friend' ixiwa/ !your friendi' When the possessiveprecedes the possessednoun,,it takes',a, low- high tone; when theposseseive follows thepossessed noun, ittakes
a lowtone.- '41 2.In West Africa, theimmediate familyincludes father, mothers brothers, sisters,paternal uncles .andtheir children.'Ale term /novi/ thereforeincludes all the children in this family-inother words, brothers,sibters and cousins.
B:Bob K: ICodzo B. Fin. Good evening. K: yota Fie,ea? Good evening, how are VII. B: mef6. Fine. Amekawoe nye dekakpuislawol Who are these gentlemen? K: Kiny4woe. They are my friends. B: Wgkowo 46? What are their names? K: Wdrjkowoe nye Kwami kpl4 Their names are Kwani and Eon. Kofi.
A Miawo Kikowo de? What about your (pl.) names? B: 4konyeenye Bob,xinyea my name is Bob, my friend's 4koe ny4 John. name is John. .4: MenyemiawOe nye ntifialaawo oa? Aren't you the teachars? B: Es mlawoe;eyemiawOenye Yess'ire are teachers; and
sukuvillw6. yau are students. K: vito verr, mudh
nyd be good, nice
Menyo kAto 8i? Isn't that. nice? . B: E, enyo juto. Yes, it is very nice. Dialogue 3
Ed: Kodzo K; EDO. : : Kd: wa ndfialaa 4ko d(62 What's your teacher 6 name'? X: L. . Ek06 enye Bob. his name is sob. Kd: Menye Ulisiawoe wanye oa? Isn't he English? E: 0, menye ljlisiawoe o. No,he'is not'Engiish.
Amerikatowoe. He is American'.
sraa wifellausbang, spouse, Sroa 4nye Wsiawo His wife is English.
-38w. VII Kd: , What is hername? ioko de? NI - I donitknow.. c3.. Nya mAnya . Kd: Are theirchildren-students? Buktiviwenye.woviawoa? K: Yes, they arestudents. "A, suki74woewOnye.
PlA19,02.4 Bn: Brawn B: Bob K: Kofi B: ,, Kofi, how areYou? KOfi, ef6it X: . Fine, do youknow my.griend? enittXinyett? . li: is hii name; No, whit l 0 6, hko de? , . K: s .. . # - His nake.iSJohn BrOwn. Bokoenyi'John Brown. .B: ht. Brawn, myname is Kpfi. Afet6 Brown,okonye enye
Kofi. Bn: Oh, myfriend's nameis also 8, xinye hi okó enyeKOff. Koff. -K: Are you theteacher,hr.' Woe nyendfiaIal,4fdto Brown?. Brown? Bn: Yes, I UM. E, nyee. IC: my wife andI areteachers. Nye kpldsrenye mienye
Our childrenarestudedts Bia viwo nye .sukuviwo.
gourehension: 8r8a nyA Bioko dnyeElf4to Lrown. 4-:nyf 0/1.41.:11t6wo, yookowbe nye WeiawO. hkspe ny, Nary.W6v1wo nygsukivfwo. ndfiala. Sr5ahi nyd. ndfiala. Tom,40, Susan.AfAto Brawn nyd . Woviwo nyesukUviwo.. Wookowoe Akuwa kple, AnawonyeaOledelawo.
nyd Katikpld -39- 5
VII.
A.questions easedon./.12.urehension
1. Aakae nye Ardto Brown?
2. Amerikatowo alorjlisiawo wonyea?
3. Sukeviwoe nye woviwoa2
4. w6 13kom6 462 . 5. NdfialawoeAktlwa kpl(r) Ama wonyea2
6. Sukdviwoe woviwo nyea?
7. lid iokow6 462
B.Questions for theClass
1. Wkiko 46?
2. Nyebko 44?
3. Eijko 462
4. Afikatowo neny82
5. Afika nowo ts82
6. Afika x5waa ts82
7. Affka nedOg8 Awoa 12
8. Xicioa *co 462
9. Tdwo 4ko 462
10. Nowo 4ko 442
11. Noviwoa ijko de? Unit VIII
Possessives (continued)
Dialogue 1 Kumla E: Edward Kf: Kofi Kw: Kwasi Km: Kf: dare our . Kwasi, do you knowthis Oot Kwasi,adzesi dekakpui sia2 Ehl gentleman? teacher. Eyae nydmiare n.fiala. He is our Kw: that's nice;what is his Ot dnyo oitc,dIjko dd? Oht name? Ef: . Areto Edward. Mr. Edward. Kw: good morning. Areto Edward, Kidinawd. Mr. Edward, E: how are you? afo nyuiea? Good morning, Kw: student? Wa sukavfeKorai nyea Is KaMla your E: eve two' katI all both of,them,both ame eveawokith' . Yes, they are both my E, wo sima eveawdkt nydnye students. sukeviwo.. Kw: come(plural imperative) mivet house ardmd Karon, come to ourhouse this mivi mist() ardma evening.. fie sia. later, good-bye miagado go see you 0.K., see youlater. Enye, miagado go. Km: O.K. Yoo. VIII. Notes: 1.Possessives (continued) /10m1i .116 ndfiala/ !Komlals teacher! /4r6 ndfiala/ !his *teacher! /rafaire lour teacher! /mist4 ntifialaf !your Cpl.) teacher! /wArd ndfiala/ ! their teacher! but:
;./Ety6 057fiala/ qay teacher! /w3 ndfiala/ !your (sg.) teacher! ilote that, wi,th the- eexception ofpossessive adjectivea'o
the first, and second person sin6ular,the possessive always . precedes the possessed noun(See Unit VII, Note ,1),, and. it is usually, separated from it bythe possetsivemarker Ar6/.1 /.116/ is omitted:: a.Before nouns :?fl kinshipand nationality, eege ,/Kofina/ !Kofils mother! 1* /OW . !their father' /Amerikit16wo/ !citizens of Americall Before/x8/. !friend! e.g. /Anye/ !myfriend' :and in-a few other cases tobe noted later. ad/ is optional; :a.. bfrfore. /13k6/\ ! name! /06 !his name! 3
before /Ardme/ I home /mitif erne/ 1 our home I /milikre kemei If a nounbe$inning with/a/ is preceded by apossessive noun or pronounwitWwithout /sq ,/a/ becomes /4/: /ny5 Vdmel/ 'my home' 'your (sg.) home' /wa 4(SW * I ' When directlypreceded by/6-/ this, her,its', /milt/ noun, this/d/ is 'our'/mi;,/ 'your.(pl.) I or a Possessive elided in normalspeech: /dssma/ 'his home' imit#Teme/ our home /mieVeme/ 'your (pl.)home' /ndfiala :454/ the teacher' shome' When directlypreceded by/w6/ 'their', the/4/ is optionally elided: twd 06ma/ Or 'their home' /w6f e Elf eme/ /wof erae/ If /4/ is directlypreceded byArV, the /4' ,ofad/ is op-p,onally elided: ./ imieVe 4remeV tour'home!' jral;kras feria/ Dialogue 2 J:John K: Kosi J: Koii, aitekae. nye womifiala2 Kosi, whoiàyoui teaOher2 K: Biown. itCate'nif1alaô nye'E;i4:to Our teacher isMr. Brown. -413- VIII. J: English? Imerikatawoe Jalisiawoea? Is he American or K: Amerikatowoe. He is American. J: PrIsegbe Frenai (language) fia to teach fiana to teac'hhabitually' Edward? inya Edwarda? Do you know 67 teacher. ny4 ndfiala. His brother is also
ihiench^.' afian'aHFrits4gbe. He teaches toinlii and Kati are*hi's gs Konila J4714 Koffwdnie Yes,
4fesukeviwo. sttidents.
Ria2stat.i E: Edward Kofi r anyigba earth, country
dzi on what'country do you anyigba ka dzi on come from EdWaid; where Wis Edward,anyigbajca dzie Good morning,
nets8? ateyoU 'from? E: , Metsd Ameiika. I cômefrom "AinericS.:s K: 4, a Afrikatowoe nye wosukuviawoa? Are yourstudents Afripan? E: TogOlese. NyS stikaviawo ny4.Tdgotdwoo My studente are K: i -teacher. Novinye hi nye ntifiala. my brother is also alsotogolise. Ere suktivfawo hi nyeTdgoviwo. His students are E: gnyo xgto. That's hiee, K: Come00 An= housetonight. Vamieer.a;r4 sia.. Very wells, I will com. Eny9s B240?-_ VIII. K: See you-later. Miagado go. E: Y6d.
A: Akdwa Yftwa
Is Kofi'steacher English? Kilisiawc; Koff Sentlfialanyal: No, histeacher isnot 8, ese ntifialam4nye English, he isAmerican. 6,imerikatowoe. Where isyoui% teacher from? Affkatuwoe nyemiArentlfiala? Y: teacher isalso anAmerican. Mare nufialaha nyeAmerikat6wo. Our A: What is hisname? A0co 44? V. His name isMr. Brown. ii3koenye1;kripato Brown. Mr. Brown's Brown St5sukdvfe Aren't you May, Ardto - . student? nanyd A: a a No, ourteacher s nameis 0, migrenufiala Seijkoe nye Er. Edward. Afitto Edward.
2211-1P121-' AmerikAawo.iijkoe Kofinye sukavi.Afe ndfiala nyd ifiana isSto Brown Sesr8 hi ny6ndfiala. nyeAPSto Brown. K;mli kpl6 Koffwinye Prasgbe. Wifesukthriwo ny6"frikiltwo. sakdvi 6, Agbledel4wanyd. Wo w6sesakdvfwo. Kos/ novi anye fofo ha nyeagbledela. A. QuestnsBased on theCom rehension sukavf Koffny4a2 1. Ae,bledeltt Lac;
2. imekae nye Arendfialin
3. Affka w8ts82
4.Ndkae sr5affana2 A A S. Afikatowoemo,fe.:sukuviawo nye?
6. Sukdvie Kosi novi ny44?
7. Ndfialae Koff fofo nyeSel?
B. Questions for the Class
411 A 1. Affkanetso?
2. Afika ate?
3. Affkat6wo w ndfiala ia nye?
0 - 0 t A 4. Afikatowoe ere sukuviawo nye? A 5. Afikatowoe wore nufiala nye2
6. Amerikatowoe wo nufiala nyea2 7.itrikat&oe sukdviawo nyéel? . p,10 8. Amerikatowo woxam5 nylVa
9. Agbledelae: ANto Smith fotony61142 10. Sukdvie nogia nyea?. 11. Hiaxo ere nufiala nyea?
464. Unit IX Substantives oflace Possessive Substantives Dialogue 1 K:Kwasi Km: Komla K: Dakikpui, taflate6, vkowd Pardon young man, what is your name? Km: 'Camila Sanyo. Korea Sanyo. K: Atha netsa? From where are you? Km: Mateo Lame. I am from Lome. V. yekayi when
va came . va clo arrived ait. come arrivel ifekayie nevc67 When did you arrive? Km: Nevi cicS Ficlagbe. I arrived on. Friday: V. dze lodge, put up. Afika nedze? Whereare you lodging? Km: gbede blacksmith gbo vicinity, side obiede gbo at theblacksmithis1 Medze &Add gb6. I have put up at tittest blacksmith's. Note: 1.Postpositions or Substantives of place /gbede E12.9/ I at the blacksmith, so ( lit.,..the blacksmith' s vicinity) /mogI dal/. 'on the main street' (lit., the main stree,t1 s surface 447- /gbo/ and /dzi/are calledpostpositions orsubstantives ,place.They are true nounswhich denote somekind of location, such as theinside Ithe I surface'the vicinity! $ however, they often perform functions similar to those of Englishprepositions, adverbs,and conjunctions. In addition toreferring to place,they Mar alsorbfer to time, degree, cautieand purpose. The substantives.Ofplace are calledpostpositions:- because;Ethey'always follow the nounor pronoun1.1objec which they. modify.The conc ept of ftobjec tf Iis impOrtant to note for purpoitesof translation.For example: /xo ka,le tukuxo lamegbe /is correctlytranslated tWatbufl.dingisbehind the school?!not !What building is the SchoOl.behind21'. Following is a list .of someof thepostpositiono o'r. substantiveS of .plitáe,with their meanings asnouns and extended meaningS'as functionwords, and examplesof' their use. /doiñe/4 1.a place,between 2.between, among,in Mixt 34).re' pOSu la kplikpovitowoxo la dome 'Thor school is between thepost office andthe policestation. /dzi/ .1.surface,.upPer partsku 2.on Alilikpo (cloud)acieke. (not' a)mole dd. o =-c. There are no clouds inthe isky dsi' used as a Agbal5 la le kPlala 'dzi-tie book ion'the desk(table) --post position. `48- 3
IX. underneath /gm* 1. foundation, the part
2. dawn, under,downstairs passesunderthis ketekemo la tole siagame--The railway
bridge. 1. side vicinity. dligbq 2. near,towards place is near gre dowofe lale posu lagbo--His working
thePost office. the placeinside a line, /me/ 1. the inside,the content of a word orspeech
2. in, inside,during, to indicate extensionof
space,time, or toindicate
a stateorquality. the schoolcompound. Kofi yi sukureis me--Kofiwent into place are used asnouns theydo not When thesubstantives of most commonly asnouns take postpositions. Substantives appear seldom do theystand alone./dzil above in compoundwords, very is'an exception tothis. the backpart, rear /megbe/ 1. behind, after,back,
except is behindmine. Kofi fe Afele tonyemegbe--Kofits house place before, Aso/ 1. the front, future 2. before, in frontof school in front Suku-lae nye ema lamowa--That is the
of you. appearance, that AlkdmA/ face, which is beforeyou
2. before, infront of o--The childdid not washhis Devi la'makloKikume cdi. sia face.this morning. la--The buildingbefore xo sile wa xikumelae nye suku you(in front.ofyou) ,is theschool. outside, outersurface, /331.1/, Mti/ 1. that whichsurrounds you
2. round, by, near,according to, regarding,on accountof
outi--I hungthe bag onthe wall. lifetso kotokula kue 4i la place 1...theunderneath part, dI ta,/ ., Under anobject
.2. under
kpl5 la te--Thecat isunder'the table. *t. .Dadi la le 1. middle /titing/ . 2.. in themiddle of,ia.the midst titina--The river tJordantosisi la toIndiana University middle of I U. Jordanpasses:throUgh the IX. Dialogue 2
X: Kwasi Km: Komia X: Gbede ka gb6adze? With which blacksmith are youlodging?
mo road sa large, big main street mmgi main road; to be dzi . . fia chief
afeme home, house (home) fiafeme chieffs house p I street near Ele m.oga la dzi lefigfeme gbo. He is on the main the chief's house.
(e)mat (dkOmet) thatt
dowofd work ahop
Oh, gbede mat Oh, that blacksmith&
Menyae nyuie. I knowhim. under the gfedowofiliKtIgg la game. His work shop is big tree;
tututu exactly, indeed that is it, thatis that evyaema
Eyiaka titutu. 4That is it indeed. 'X: ta draw close by ti 44 at, dratt near, dic.1 (e)to his, hers, its, 6 IX. Iliarafila te 46 gbede la Is your house near closeby) to gbdta the blacksmith's? Km: ele gbedela tomegbe. Ycs, It is behind the black- smith's. Note: 1./to/ is used with the pOis6ssivo pronouns to form the pos- sossivo substantivos mines yours, etc. Asia Shift ej'e agbale/ 'This is his book' /tsigi enye eto/ 'This is his' /tanye/ !mine! hif a to/ I ours' /tawa/ 'yours' /mtató/ I yours' 4.tot thii, hers,itsr jilts to/ theirs' Dialogue 3 K:Kwasi Km: KOÜI1a
kpla to lead, to.take (and lead. away) Mikpla wa 1t Af'dmeil? Should I take you home? Km: f'iase store A. now, soon, at onceetc2 0, nyaraili .s.reme fia, g. Ao, thanks, I am not going. home immediately.
74A.S1,419,14.4e! I am going to the store. K: river, stream
el A*5290 (to) run 5fstz:running tosfsf river . y60' new kp ever (never innegative sentence)
Ede fiase ydyd le tosisi la US Have you ever been tottie
me kpdla. storo an'the river bank? Km: ta build
'case (n faith, belief
se to believe
mexo se I believe
zt dela once, one :time .
zt dvelfa e c. second time
ingralie last time67.e. the end (timeg
0, nydm6x3 se bd wdtai yeyiyi Sos I don't believe that
si meva afi zt d.. it wasbuiit (has been'''. built) the last timOthat
I was here (when Iwai hOre
the last time).
K: Kwasi Kra: Konila
lalo 444wzdilm to.be big etc.
tDgbui Ac$11,4,1i.e.. of species);
type -
Ffase sit lelo Oto. Thipstore.is very.big (large). Nyemokpo dt5gbui kpd o. I have never before seen anythingpf. its kind -"53" .411. Ix. N: about, (it will beabout) ina...Abi two years Wo tui ano abePo eve enye It was built about S. esi ago. Nna dzri sell 4:4 the store? NIAkae wodzrdalô fiase la me? What is mIld in ..;; klde almoit WeOern-styled Awu dress, all apparel. nd thing things ndsfind everything, all 2 . thatypuwant. Ndsfknd kide sipAdf la. Almost anything '4 here., Meflea nye.awuwd le I buy my clothes
Comprehension LOBle Dekakpui sia tiko enyeKomla Senyo. Enye Togotp,tso Sanyo dze gbedegbo Eva 40 Kpando.etspLe yeakpo xoleaKofi. fia la to uu, eyeetre le magi la to. Gbede are la te 4e ' 1 dowqre laitigi la to. nags's& si le tosisi Le tido me la, Sanyokple Nwasi yi 4e Wogatro yi teemsenuMakel. la to lame sakeyomefle naneke 0. J wove be woaadawo tsi dzi le yewo
v5.a.4.-%.....4...r-to.:tee afraid
-enuriake-----atl.bice, immediately thecomprehension) yewo ------thdk (i.e. Kofiand Komla in
A...... AuAq14x4milko4gvcLIkt42Mialh22f12H 1.-tekakixii 2.ifikit..w4tscissi 9
3.Nukata ways Kpando? xotox 33ko cle? 5.Ameka gbo Sanyo dzat 6.Gbede sia re ere to 4e fia la to gboa? 7.Gbede la fe Are la le atigl la tea? 8.Gbede la fe dowofe le atigit la tea? 9.Pia la fe are le tosisi la toa? 10.Kofi nya gbede si gbo Senyo dzea? 11.Kofi kple Senyo fle nene le fiasegl lamea? 12.Afika Mule sia le? Babiawo 1.Xowd vko 4e? 2.Eva tso Omeha be yeakpo wd 4a? 3.Ameka gbo xowd a dze? Afisi wddze la te de wd Are gboa? 5.Ede fiasegi axle me la Indianapolis egbea? 6.Nukawo nefle le fiase la me? 7.nage sia te cl.e tosisi la gboa? 8.Piase sia le tosisi la toa? 9.Blase la 33ko de? 10.Dada wd tsia dzi le vuwd vutoa?
45" 1
Unit X The Verb/le/ -ttobef Simple Past andPresent Tenses
Dialogue 1
Km: Komla A: Akuwa Km: be, is, bepresent le is Kofi at 23d1, Kofi leArea mea? Good morning, home? A: No, he is atschool. 0, ele suku. Where is the school? Afika sukuale? A. : baton, club kpci small v/ policeman (one whocarries kpeivit6 small clubs orbatons)
building xo policemen's building, kpovitowoxo police station
between dame post office pdva is between the Sukd la lep6611 la kple The school post office andthe police kpôvItc5wox l dame. station.
Note in a certaincondition, quality,place 1. ile/lbe, islbe present or time. main street' /ele mogl dzi,/ lit is on the
/ele lquie/ the is well' /nye/tbe, is,' in Although/lePbe, is,1 issimilar to .56.0 X. meaning, their uses are quitedifferant.
/le/ is used to describe anadverbial condition.
It answers the question'how, 'where,' and 'when.' /nye/ is the verb of equation;it is used before a
substantive predicate. /Bob nye nufiala/ 'Bob is a teacher' /Non nye sukavil IKofi is a student' (However /le/ is used before atrue adjectivepredicate.
Definition mad examples of,this will be discussedlater.) /le/ is also used to introduceadverbial phrases of
place, time, and mannerwhich contain asubstantive. /Kofi dea suku le afisia/ 'Eofi goes to schoolis
here.' Kofi goes to school here.'(iafisialis a noun meaning'here' or, literally,this place.)
Km: Kamla Akuwa Erg station? Afika kpovitawoxala le? Where is the police A: river) to edge, bank (of past, by to .pass
le bridge..
logo front, ahead
Menyae oa? Don't yau knaw? bank. Aletosfsf la t6.. It is on the river (go) Tao rwgi la yivg6. Take the main street.and walk straight ahead.
Z8 US le Li game. Walk by under thebridge. Km: LE:sia4zie_k;tekam6. 'la UN? Is it on,thisbridge:that -57- X. railway line passes? A. lOktime in your face, in front of you. fp tsd ic sra gbd la, Yes, from this bridges'thepolice
kpovit6wox'd 14 le wa kikdme. station iè in front of you. Km: co to describe .(give directions)
tilf6 place
babo soft, easy
:b5b easily
Edoe nyuie 'auto. You have described it very well.1(you have given me *directions very well.) A. didi to be far, long hAdidi hA b. It is not, far either. Km: kekeke very much,(a lot)
Akp6 kekeke. Thank you vbry much.
eme in it
f, 0. Akpe mole eme0 Not at all; or don't mention
it. (or you are welcome).
Note:
1. The simple past and simplepresent tense are represented in the same manner in Ewe', thatis by the verb itself.
Interpretation of these two formsis based on context.
For example: /Kofi nye sukuvii Kofi is a student' fKofi was a student'
8.- /enya areto Brown4/ 'Did you know Mr. Brown?' 'Do you know Nr. Brown?'
Note that there ia noinfinitive form in Lwei /nya/ may
be glossed for English speakers asIt* know', but wore
correctly it is know, knows, orknew.
Note that /np/ 'was' past tense of /leV lbe, is'
/le/ is quite an exception, since it isconjugated
irregularly. /np/ is used in the same manner as/1e,A .However
it ia a verb in its own rightwith the meaning of
'sit, stay, remain.'
/Koff noa Nyagbo/ 'Kofi lives in Nyagbo'(habitual)
/eno nyuie/ 'he was well'
/eno mog4 lit was on the main street'
121422a11.1 KM: Kom la Togbe (togbui), elderly man. Kna Ndi nawa Togbe, esiae nye Good morning. Togbe,is this
kpovitowoxo la2 the police station? T: E, enye kpovitowoxo. Yes, it is the policestation.
Vinye mimlae ny6 kpovit6. my last child (son) is a policeman.
be that Mexose be enye kpovitonyuie. I believe that he is agood policeman.
devf child nSnl overseer, one whohas D.59" 5 X. others under his care or direction
dzidzo happy, content
Enye slevi nyuie eyeenanoltiwo He is a good child (boy)
kp6a dzidzo le diju kluto. and his overseers(superiors) are much happy abouthim. Km: di to look (for), to search
(for)
Afika suku la le? Where is the school?
Xonye Kofi nye sukuvi le Myfriend Kofi is a student
afima. there. T: ema that, that one
Oo, suku la enye graa la rjA0 wO. Oh, thatis the school that is in front of you. Km: Wes4w8do. Thank you. T: Yoot You are welcome. (O.K.) Dialogue 4
Km: Komla .N: Sufiala (teacher)
Km: nawo nufiala, suku Good morning teacher,
siNme Kofi lea? is Kofi in this school?
d6 (to) test
dd kp6 test and see (testing tosa4
daddkpo middle, midst
E, gElk6 mexose be 618dad5kp3 Yes, but I believe that heis
titina fifia. in the midst of an exam right now. -60- 6 X.
.1Cm: mOgbd behind, after the Matel3d kpdb le daddkpo Can I see him after
magbea2 examination2
vie awhile, a little
lala wait
anyi down, earth n8 anyi sitdown Lila vie ko. Wait for just awhile. Sit in this room orunder NOanyide xo sia11 le ald dd atiawotd.. the trees. Kra: Akpe nawo kekeke. Thank you very much. N: it (not atall). Akpe mdlaemeo. Don't mention
Comprehension Fosu la le Suku la le posu lakple kpovitowoxola dome. Komla menya afisi sUku la megbe eyekpovitowoxo la le elogo. wo suku la la o, Akuwafiemo lae. Komla zo mogI la, dzi eye la sbo la, Komlakpo suku zo tole la gome. Tso kpovitowoxo 2 atiawo tedlabdna3 la le wokume. Eyi suki4'e la me eye wano (because) Kofi n8 dodokpotitina.
ria -- dhow
sukufe compound
dlabdna :because
Babiawo
1. Afika Kofi leijdi ida2 le suku2 2. Awekae cbloe naKomla be Kofi 3. Eon novie nyeAkuwa2 x.
4. Komla Senyo nyaafisi salcua lea?
5. Xo kawo dome sukula la?
6. Xo kae le tosisila to? gbo? 7. bb kae dzi Komla zoyi kpovitowoxo la
8. Nukae to lt ladzi? lokume? 9. Tso lE la gbo la,xokae le Komla Se
10. Suku la didi tsoKofi Se Afeme gboa?
11. Nuka titina Kofi nole sliku?
12. Komla kpo Kofi ledodokpo mogbea?
Biabiawo.
1. Ede xowa Semeegkea?
2. Xawa no Afeameyemajia?
3. Afika xowa Se sukuale?
4. wa suku la lekpovitowoxo la gboa?
5. Tosisi ade towa sliku la titina?
6. Tosisi sia to posu lagboa?
7. Suku la te dewa Are gboa?
8. Indiana le Illinoiskple Ohio dames?
9. Tosisikae to Washington,D.C. titina?
10. wa Are didi tso posula gboa? Unit XI.
Future Tense
DisAogue I la: Kumla Km: Komi
Kl: Nav&Yiwo Nmer Will you come to Yawollehouse21 yeyiyi time mana I will remain, I will stay
didi long Hiano &time yeyiyi didia? Will we stay therelone2 Kl: mlan; anyl wOadidio. Ao, we will not staylong. (Lit., we will not stay,it
will not be long.) Km: An8afimd fifial Will he be therenow?3 Ki: xoxo already
dowore working place, place of employment
Es egbo tso dowore xoxo. Yes, he caxae backfrom work already. Kra: mgbd after, afterwards futd the beach (or thecoast)
inyo. Fine. Miv4, eye emagb6 ld,mayi I will come, aadafter that ddruta. I will go tothe beach.
Notes: -
1. Future'Terise
/Korai iveV IKoini will come! m63- 2 XI. The future tense is formed by placing /d-/ !future tense indicator! before the verb stem aid after the subject.In the negative the future tense indicator is placed afterthe subject and after the negative marker.
The Future Paradigm:
Affirmative
/mav.4/ !I will come'
/av4/ 'you (sg.) will con&
/Ava/ the will comet /miava/ Twewill come!
/miava/ 'you (pl.) will come!
/wdava/ !they will come!
/vakayi ntivt:./ !when will you (sg.) come! hekayf waavA/ !when will he come!
Negative /nyamdva !I will not come!
/mavet O/ !you (se.) will not come!.
Akira a,/ The will not come!
/miaya a/ !we will not come!
/mlavd (3,/ !you (pl.) will not come!
/wdmaya a/ !they will not come!
The following changes of the pronaminaland/or the negative prefix take place in the future:
a. In the first and second persons pluralaffirmative, the /e/ of the pronaminal prefix is elided./miaya/ fwe will come!
b. Otherwise the future tense indicator /ii-/ contractswith a preceding/e/ to form /ai, which carries the tone of the pre-.
m611.IIP 3
XI. the first personsingular affirma- ceding /e/. (This applies in singularaffirmative,/ava/, tive, /mava,/;,in the second person /dvaband in /navab in thethird personsingular affirmative the entirenegative.) the indirectobject if the The clArectobject precedes object is a pronoun,it latter is anoun.If the indirect object. mayprecede or followthe direct tHe will teachthe children /Afia ljlfsigbe4aviawo./ English.? them English.? /Afia WsigbewO.4/ 'lie will teach Which isintroduced with a 2. The question!how long always a ?yes? or!not question question wopdin English,' is
in Ewe, e.g.
English: !Howlongwill we stay! didia24/ Lit., !Will we stayIcing?! Ewe /Elan; tlfl.ma future form of/le/ (See UnitX, Dial. 2# 3. /nm/.is also the be there! note 1)./Anoafima/ the will
Dialogue,2
J: John Yawa J. to beat, toplay(records)
plate, record agba sweet, nice vfvi Hi, Yawa,wontt you cometo Aldke# Yaws,mAvA ny54remd I 4k place? We willplay miaro agbavivi aclewo oa2 my somenice records.
-65- Y. Enyo, mava. Yes, I will come. igbd kawde 18 Astwa? What records do yau have/ J: JAzz gbd ddewo 18 Asfny8. I have same jazz records.
Jazz gbdwo koe la asfwaat Do you have only jazz records? a. Ichgagb. A6wo hi la j: No. I also have same Congolese Aenye kplei thighlifel records and samethighlifell
ddewo hi.
*tso bring
si who, which, that (relative marker)
ka just, only Oh, matso nye agbawo hg Oh, shall I also bring my records? J: E, tsowo ve. Yes, bring them.
Note:
1. tHighlifel is the indigenous African music influencedby
Westernism. (Compare African, beat influenced by Spanish and Portuguese beats in LatinAmarica). It originated in Ghana but is enjoyed and played all overWest Africa, especially
Ghana and Niaeria. 5
XI. Dialogue 3
K: Kosi E: Edward E: feast, party,get-together Aza its place dte.fe to give, for n6. for me ndA Kwasi, I amgoing to have a Kwasi male azaviacle duge get-together at myhouse. ld Ardnyamd. Won't you cometo attendit? MAvd, kp6 êtegrendA 44 3a2 K: When? (on which day?) yekayi? (or, Gbekagbe?) E: On Sunday. Kwasiclagbe. K: Pow Fiema? In the evening? E: Ai Yes, in theevening. E, fieme. K: Yes, thank you,I will ()Dm. Enyo, 11114. there? Amdkawde dna afia? Who will be E: Akosiwa, Yamomad Kwadzo. Akosiwa, Yawokple Kwadzo. K: Is that all? Evoa? E: the others,(Lit., the mamleawo last ones)
No, you donot know theother 0, menya amemamleawo o. people. K: OZ., see youlater. inyo, iniagado ga. 12.1.4.1e Ki Kosi Y: ,Yao K: will go tothe beach Yawo , mayi Pitatso . Yao, we '67" tomorrow. . Y: who, you, with wa kpld amdkA you and wham, withwhom
With wham are yougoing? wa kpl4amdkA? K: I (amgoing) withKomli. Nye kpldKomli. Won't you comewith us? Mavg, miayi aea (Lit., Won't youcoMe that
wego?) Y: No, 1cannot-go. 0, ny4mAtetiuyi 6. K: Adkata? Why? 21 to invite kpd *(samething) nd to eit someone ameade that be 1 am goingout somewhereto eat. Ameade kpambe nava du nu. K: Who invitedyou? Amdkad kpdwa? 21 Er. Brawn. Afeto Brawn. A K: * Ail. right. Bat won. Enyo. DU nu nyuie.
22m2R2hmakan: 'Saturday' imiraecti(gbil) 'Sunday' Kwasidd(gb0) , 0
vAsede 'until' xiawd mayi.suka 23keke eve itso 4nyeMdtaecidgba; Yawo kpl4 la yetr6 meiAwdhyi K8iala$1.63 o. Etso Qdiweayifuta, dye vAsede 1 i5m6dkemawdhyL 41d Agba ydy(1Adewo. Weana alma 4i Azg viaddndwd, sinedh. Kwasidagbew4fe lAisigbefiala
wc1 kAtl worayi. -68- XI. questionisedontirells.1.--on 1. GbdkIgb8 6nye dtso2 Yawo kpldx5Rwd Ayi Sukua2
3. Jakeken4/116 w6mdyi Suku o2
L. Ndka wawa laam1ad4 lodi2 WAyt sinema Memleda yetrA2
6. Woayi SutaKwasidagbea2
7. Amekae ada &avia de le Aremel
8. Yekayi woadu azI1d2
9. Sukuviawo 45142
10. Nuka woawo leuuku KIkekewodzi2 Questions for theClass
1. Gbekagbe enye4gb82
2. Etso anyehem1edagbea2
3. Ayi suku atsoa? etsoa2 4.. Ala Indianapolis
5. Nuka nawo le summer:I me2
6. Ele sinema yigefig sia2 namfh2 7. Agba yeye adewole asiwd nap 8. Dadawd avakp6 wô Memledagbea2
9. Ele azI ade dugele Memledagbea2
10. Amekawoe ava azIla We? Unit XII *hie The-verb t-.I'to have!
.14 Dialogue 1 K:Kwasi E: Ed Ward K. agbledelifwo farmers yvdwo whiite meri ariyigba land,..es.Al2 de, (dênytgba) native land .4* 4 Agbleata jol4ewd.14 we, dila? Are' there manifarmers In your native lands1 : . 'in 'plenty,.4 'in abundance E.; Agbledelawo Azne'rika'ait. 'tess there ire 1::41enty of farmers zi. in America.
4+ der tO go:to karm tdAgble 2 tooatiirate.ii farm3 ciatiVate '*fainis(habitua1ly)4 agbeli Manioc5 Agbeligble manioc farn Agbledela Amerikatowodeni Do American farmerscultivate lies(j'Aibeliib1441' manioc fandst E: 4 Eftiy hand 6, Agbeli mfail
litewikA gait cut? ,s Don't you make tgalil? .11170 E: mfewa o we didn't make, wedon't make mfewo n4 o we don't make(habitually) tipfokd tapioca nd thing nd slaw6 these things nil s1aw6 ts6 Afrika these things came framAfrica nd slaw6 ts6naAfrikd these things come fromAfrica 8, mfewond tolgokâ htt a. No, we don't maketapioca, either. Nd taaw6 tsOnaitfrika. These things come fromArrica.
Notes . 1.Note that when /dV 'nativeland' is the possessed nounin a possessiveconstruction,AftV !possessive indicator! is omitted. 2. If a word ending in/a/ or /a/ is followed by a wordbegin- ning with /Ev, the finalvowel of the first wordis elided in fast speech, e.g.:/de agble/ Ito cultivate a farm!becomes Idagble/. Autsu siawo danaagble/ 'these men cultivate farms! becomes/denagble/. 3.Literally:Ito go to the farm'. L. Habitual: /d; ka newq 'what kind of work have youdone?' /dB kg aw6n1/ !what kind of work.do you (generally) doll /malu Kgsfgbq II have taught English! , /maatto Agsigbq !I (generalW teaehEnglish' XII. The habitual denotes anaction which is performedhabitually, which is usual or customary.It is formed by suffixing/-na/ !habitual indicator! to theverb stem. /na/ + /eV (3rd person, singular,object) becomes /ne/. S. /agbeli/ ,literally meanst /agbe/ !life! /11/ !exists! /agbeli/ .!life exists! 6. Literally:!manioc is not (in) ourhand! /agbeli la Afrikatowo sf/!Africans have manioc! /4gbeli la as1ny4/ !I have manioc! /agbeli la asfwv !you (sg.).have manioc! the has manioc! /agbeli la m.{a st/ !we have manioc! /agbeli 121 mita_ si/ !you ( pl.) .have manioc! /agbeli 14 wd al/ !they have manioc!, . Note that in the expression/la asy Ito.havet: a. /XV !possessiveindicator! is omitted. b. the*possessive pronOuns of thefirst and second persons singular follow the possessed noun/asf/. Dialogue 2
K: Koll2i, E:Edward K. azi peanut (ground nut) 41ztgb14wcf peanut.faris 1.zIgblewd 14 imerikaa? Are there peanut farms inAmerica? E: southl Anyfeh8 Yes, there arepeanut farmsin g, Az/gbldwd laAnyfeha. the south. K: to be big ldld Are theybig? Wdlaloa? E: farmer Agbledelet one 48k4 farmer Agbledeld Out one a measureof about 20square kA meters
onehundred 'kat ka (tiaradaka like, about,approximately abs ans about 100 'kat abs ka Oaf&dekit 8n4 They're verybig. One farmer yaolo 4to.4blede1 4 daka dem cultivates a farmof about 100 Agble Abd k 1af&tk&8n6. 'kat. K. how did hedo it ildke wawoe how does hedo it AlSke wawone dOes be do it? 414ke wawone? How machine farming machine Agbledemo Agbledemowd le W. Hehai farming machines. K: aha ahtt A , Alia, verygood. (Alla, that sounds hg,enyoiuto. great).
-73- XII.
Notes
1. north - dziehe
south - anyifihe
east - yedzeTe west - yetodofe Plaagata E: Edward K: 'cosi Agbledeldwo le /tfrikaa2 Are th6re many farmersin Africa? K: of farmers fl, agblodel&wo lBAfrika Yes, there are plenty in Africa. E: togbui kind
Agble ka togtuieagbledeliftwo What kind of farms dothe farmers
dana la T6g6? cultivate in Togo? K: te yams(kind of potato)
kple bdbuaw6 and others
Wcidena agbeligble, tegble, They cultivate manioc, yams,
'azfgble, kple blibuawd. peanuts, and farms of other things. E: - aloud orsage.
Ak3utfwb la mia sia? Do you have oranges? K: atSto pineaPple
dalats aeMon aouti, attto, dhtf kpl4 Yes, we have oranges,pineapple,
bilbuawd 15 mfasi. :lemon and other things(*etc..)
Dialogue 4
E: Edward K: Kosi 6
XII. bli maize, corn
BlIgb18 15 mlasS la Tdgda? Do you have corn farmsin Togo?
blIgblOwd 14 m/asizio Yes, we have plenty of cornfarms. E: gala but
agute yavdtej potato
yevdtegble potato farms
Miedena yOvdt5gblea2 Do you cultivate potatofarms? K: 8, migdena yOvdtegble a, No, we don't cultivatepotatoes, gakd te le mlasi zSo but we have lotsof yams. E: fome relation, relative
vi child fOmovf relative, kind, samething of a kind
atIkutsetse fruit atfkutsetse Somevfwo what kind of fruits Xtfkutpetse kafomeviwoe 13 What kind of fruits'do youhave
mrasf la Tdge? in Togo? K: ikoad, at6to, auutf, mAnga, We have banana, pineapple, orange,
kple bdbuawd 15 mlasio mango, and otherthings.
92121112MRSIon igbledeldwd la TdgdoWddaa blfgble, Atfkutsetsewogblekpl6
bdbuawd. Y5vdt5 mila wdsi a, gake t5kpld tal5i3ka la wdsio Wddana aabeligb13 eye wdwonagait. LS Amdrika h gbledeliwo
blf, gat/ kpld atfkutsetsewo,gakd tapidka mdla wdsi a,
eyewdmewana galfhi d, ndsiawo:vdna tsda Afrika. 7
S4-plant clati - cotton
bo - beplentiful Questions Based ontheComprehension Tegoa2 1. AgbledelEtwo s4bo la
2. Aka gblewddena2
3. Bltgbi lwdsia2 Atfkutsetsewo 1r) wdsia2 4. AgbledelEtwo layevdwod46.2
6. Ndkii gbleewddana?
7. T l wdsia2
8. Tapidicl le weosia2
9. Ww&la galfa2
10. Affkrt ndsiawotsdne2 guestions forthe Class
1. Agbeligblewd la Tog642
2. AgbeligblEwe leAmerikaa2
3. Mflana galf 14/Zama? wdsi leTesoa 4. Ye.vdt5 13 la mgeal 5. itfkutsetsewo le wcisi 6. Atfkutsetse kiwo4e14 Tetg82 7. Ndfiala m5nygit2 8. 'Aka raefutne.2 weisi la Tegoa 9. We. sdkewei 15
10. Ndfialawo laVigoAT kple tapieda2 11. imeriktttSwo wona galf tsOna2 12. Afika nasiawo .76- Unit XIII
The IndefinitePronouns Dialogue I Kofi Kw: Kwami N: Nufiala A: Ama N: t4 draw
tA nu 44 draw something on
Kaa write kpd plate, stone blackboard, (any slateto mitilakpd write on)
Who drew on theteacherts bladk- Amekae titmil 44 ndriala J phaokp4 14 dzi? Am4g. 44ke boardt licavady knows? anya sat A: tbfi who drew on Ndfiala, Kof1.4 tAnd 46 Teacher, it is
kpd 14 dzf. the board. N: nyateed truth truet Kbff, nyatefda? Kofi, is that take off d4 kdku hat please, to 4e kuku to be sorry, apologize, sir, etc.
(serves as an obeisance
when addrössing elderly
arid peoPle'ofrespect), eh Nufialet, micle kdku eli Teacher, I am sorry, N: dm/2 Ndka waive netta What was it you
-77-
O. Kw: being ame person, human
sia this
amesiame everybody, person
to laugh
It is I be drew.Everybody Nyee wStEt. Aasiame ka nu. laughed. K: dzo (be) straight tie guilty m4dzo o not straight, to sort nd siafomevi scemething of this
kpS never; ever guilty and I am Nufialet, mke Vikatanye Teacher, I am I have neverdone any- medza o.Ny4 awa nu sia sorry. thing of thissort. ,romevf kpS o. N That is O.K.Kofi, walk to the inyo. Kbff, za yimogg back. dzf. main road and
abi woumd
aro foot have a wound on Eke kilkuabi 14nyS sfa. I am sorry, I my foot. N: ear
he ee pull t6he ear-pulling(punishment) bubu other
bubuaile another
na give 3 mI. Ekeraa mfana tehelhe bilbdacle Then we will give you another wc emdgbe. punishment later. Notes 1. Indefinite Pronouns: /ame/ !person, somebody! fnu/!thing, something! If' a transitive verb lacks a specific object, then it must take an indefinite object which will be one of these two in- definite rronouns.e.g., The verbAlo/ !to write! is a transitive verb; thus it will either have a definite object, such as /mmalo agbale/ !I write a letter! or it will have the indefinite pronoun/nu/ /meao nu/ II write (lit., I write something) t 2./a/ ta,any, acertain This indefinite pronoun also serves as the indefinite article, which follows the noun it modifies.However, the definite article /a/ is also attached to the noun, e.g. /xoacle/ ta house! /atiacle/ ta tree? 3 /cleke/ !any! This is composed of the indefinite pronoun /cle/ and the emphatic. particle /ke/. /mine/ !something! /nEtneke/ !anything!, nearly always used in negative senten- ces.
-79- aii. 5./nencV, /anal/ 'how much, howmany' 6./dila/ 'both, altogether', e.g. Atits&O kple)nySnaw6 'both men andwomen! Aiwa/ often stands between a noun.and a repetitionof that same noun,and then it means'every' # e.g., Autsu siaa outsu/ 'every mant /ad siaa ati/ 'every tree'. Certain of thesecombinations whioh arefrequently used are written aa one word, e.g. /amesiame/ teverybodyl .
jimalc.Leriu/ 'everything! ". /clesiade/ leverr# ,a1lt /gbesiagbe/ 'every dayt /aftsittffl 'everywhere! 7./bu/, /bubu/ tanother,sthe one, the other! and a repetitionof that noun in . /bu/ stands. between a noun the same:Way as/siaa/# but only intime.,expressions, e.g. tyebuyil '. t another. time' /gbebugbei I another day'. one does a jasimasi/ :Mr.- So-andi-Sot,i.e., someone whose name not want tomention.
4
. Sukuviwo K: Kofi %. A::: %.Ama N: write - tree; stick
-80
Misma 1 a is 5
nuaott .pen, pencil(lit*, a writing stick)
mathematics, arithmetic aktinta (take your pens) Mits6 mtard nui3lotiwond Get ready
ak6nta. for mathematics. K: not one deke one, none, (lit*, dekemele o to have none have notone)
ndioloti adeke mele Teacher, I have no pen*
asfnye o. el. certain one acl domo among (or one) amongst you mia domet. any Does anyone amongyou have Nitoloti ballade18 mfa extra) pen2 dametSa de sfell another (an A. extra one, but dekel bilbua dele asiny; Yes, I have an it does not writeproperly, gakemhloa n4 nyufe o. N: Kofi, take Amalsextra pen. Koff xo'llia41)nhloti
bill= sta. Teacher, the pet)does not write Ndfiala, mhlSa
nanSke o. anything* . N: else have an extra Nitolotf bilbtla dele me Does anybody
adesfa2 pen? S: amea'deke nobody No, nobody has any. 0, meleamea deke sf o. N: you maytake mine. inyo, Koff xo tonye14. O.K., Kofi, 6
XIII. Dialogps 3
Ko: Koff N: Nufiala . K: Kwadzo
N: nukatao why
Kwad'ul, ndkata mawo nitneke Kwadzo, why haven't you done
o2 anything? K: agbale book Ndfiala, mks kuku'agbale Teadher, sir, I don't havethe
mile Asinye o. book.
kp to see, to look
wo vo finish
Amekag 146 akonta vo? Amee Who has finished the math ake a.KwadzO kpo Koff (assignment)?Nobody.
Se itgbala ma. Kwadzo use(loOk into) Wits book. Ko: asimasi So7and-So Ndfiala, asfamadi 46 nye Teacher, Mr. So-and-So looked
AcOnta. at my Work. (i.e., Kwadzo peeped at Kofi'swork). T. NtSfiala, macle kuku, nyame- Teacher, please, I did not look
kp; xi-Snake o. at anything. N: 'Nadu% z8 ytmogt Kwadzo, walk over to, themain street, K: zi time a nenfa2 How many times?
a cleka. .Only once. XIII.
Dialogue J. Kw: Kwasi N: Nufiala K: Komla Kw: d6 incubate, sleep dd ala to dleep V, slept asfmasi dd ilV. Teachtr, Mr. So-and-So (has fallenasleep). N: wake upt getupt fS Komla, wake upl.Have you Komla, f6tiwo ak6nta vaa2 finidhed the math? LbsV. 0. 'No N: How' many did you do2 NeniS newo2 K: became ill dze do of them. I Nye mAwa 44'4 o. Medze da I did not do any became ill yesterdayevening. etso fie. N: 4o to see thedoctor. Va kpdattkewo14. K: this morning. MAde affma yd/ side I was there (herbalist) gave me Atikewol4 n4 nanem. The doctor eamething. N: (Tau may gohome). Lama y1 Ardme. Then go hame
Comprehension ndlolc6 14 dzf.Koffe Bob 71 micagya am6Ade tA,n5. c naylotiadokt va mild a. ni j kp6 14 dzi.Koff mAtso l& ramlaAndke 0. imA ts6 etc)bubaa46 a Koffgak6 ndvlotf
Ellfiala la ts6;lee nayloti 11nit Koff. iia kplg Koff wSklio Agbale Ak6ntagbAlemS14*KwadzSsf o* Oka me. -83-
mimamiraudillit 8
Komlad; 116 le suku. Eda daetso Ile Atfkawolat n4 ancle. Oka no - together
the
1. looka4 t4ni 44 ndvlokpe 14 dzi?
2. Ameka4 gb134 n4 ndffalta (gblo - tell)
3. td 40 n4 Kofia?
4. Koff ts4 n4lotfa 44 vdsuktistt 5. Anakad tsdondriloti IAA v4 suka?
6. Imokae:a n4ulot. b.b.Koff?
7. law kpS Koff fiti 4041e aat
8. Aktntagbale 4.44 Kwadzd slit?
9. Kv;adzO kple Koff wetkpo agbaleaka meat
10. Asfmasf kpS Kofftit; Acontag
11. Amokile dtl alti le suka?
12. AkSnta nen/4 wawa
13. Itfkewol; 'Ina?
Babiswo
1. N491oti ticle leasbdaa?
2. Etsonizjloti a44 va sukaa?
3. Waoti blibu,S4o leasiWat
4. 10341ast kae na nhipti wit
5.. Aka) amade je akonta lesukAal
6. Astmasi gbloentx difialg? 7. AmenAnie metso agbale, va suelat 8. Ame anie metsoalapti vit sukt 02 aii. 9. Axnelai ,fg mboloti btibue nyddata 10.kneaciti dd arts suka 4gbeal 11.Zi nenie nedo le sukti egbeti? Unit XIV
912122t 1,1112nouns pays or the Week
Eialgimta Yi: Yawa-1 Y2: Yawa-2 B: AnSto Brown
Eddie xfnyea? Have you met my friend? B: him, her
05, nyelm4dove0. Ijkowd 4e? No, I have not met her. What is your name? Y2: 70 call Wd yam b4 Yawd. My name is Yawa. (Lit., theY callmeghat/ Yawa) B: y/wocutgba Thursday
layitwodEtgba2 on Thursday you(object) .plural
.1e you (object) plural
dzi to give birth to
Yawd wdyona wd hit Your name is also Yawai (They
Wddzi wd la Ydwodagbat call you also Yawa).You (age)
were born on Thursdayl, (They gaVe birth to you on Thursday). Y2 Ma that dyaemi that is that, that is correct
tkeke3 day
Eyaema. Ijk8ke ka cizt Thatts right., On What day were
wddzfwd, ardto Brown? you born, Mt. Brown?
-86.- 2 xnr. B: Bldc1agb8 Tuesday Wddzira Bldclagbd. I was born on a Tuesday. Y2: w,t3 Eve 35kodnye Aht Your Eve nameis Kom1N.
Kam1R. . B. &ma then atku to be able to, can bti as, that Ekema nattily Etyora bti. Korai:. Then you can (orcould) call me Komlit. Notes 1. Object Pronouns: haidzira/ !they gave birth to me,,I .amborne ..wddziwd/ tthey gave birth to you' 'they gave birth to him, her,itt /wddzimf/ 'they gavebirth to ust /wddzimff !they 'gave birth to you(pl.)! /wddziwd/ 'they gave birth to thee
. The /WI :here is equivalentto the French on. Singular Plural 1st Person 2nd Person -wd 3rd Person .41d
/411/ to eat! !they ate i /n67 I to drink! it! /weenda/ !they drank
Ito givebirth tof /w6dziii/ !they gavebirth to it!
!to buy! Ar11/ /wOld0/ !they boughtit!
/nytti I to pursue! him! /w6nyt,/ !they pursued
/tEt/ Ito draw!
/w6tt/ !they drewit!
/4/ Ito shave! !they shavedit!
!to send!
!they seuthim!
of thethird personsingular The abstractunderlying form /-e/ and is oftenwritten this is generallyconsidered to be that theactual way inthe orthography. Note, however, of thepreceding vowel,i.e. sound isdetermined bythe sound
/-07/ /w641v,bldfrizit/, a.becomes/4/after/IV ox b. becomes/-e/ after/of, /wddde/.
-88- co contractswith a preceding/a/ to form /Xeb where 1) x is low if /a/ has low tone,/wdnyq.
2) x is high-low if /a/ hashigh tone; /wdtt/fi
dois nasalized after a nasalsound$ When theparticle/hi/ follows the object pronoun, thein- dependent personal pronounis used insteadof the dhort form mentioned.Compare:
is/W6dzi-mi ia Ydwoclagbel/ 'Theygive birth to ma (p14) On Thursday'.
b. /Yaw& wdyond mtaw6 'Theycall Loualso (pl.)
Yawit 2. The Days of the Week andAssociated Names Days of the Week Male Names Female Names KwasidagbeN: Kwasi Akosia .2'Sunday Kosgbsk, Kasf 'Ak4sfwd
Dz5clAgba Monday' Kwadzo Adzoa Kadzd idzdwd
BliclAgba !Tuesday' Kwamla kald Kamll Kddeigbd'Wednesday! A]jku Akua ,. Kakd AkdwE
. Kwaku
74t1544gba'.7hursday!yaw . Yttwa Yao Ffddgba 'Friday' Kdff Atua iffwa
Mdmlecidgba Kwami
tsaturdayt WX.1-0 than /gba/ tdayt when a24.--hour 3. Akeke/ tdayt is used rather time unit is intended.Compare:
a.Akeke ndnie 18Kwasicld 1118/ tHow many days are in the week2t
/Gbakagbe nye tigb0/ 'What day is it today?' spitimoLg Kofi Km: Kumla Kf: anyd you(sing.) know adzasf you(sing.) recognize madzasf d you(sing.) dontt recognize
madzasi oa dontt you (sing.)recognize
48tagbef siawd these young ladies
Lyd, iamlis madzasf clatagbdt Well, Kumla, dontt yourecognize
siawd oa2 these young ladiea adzasfwd I recognize them them nyel mAdzesfwd I don't recognize
w6 4kewo their nades them. Ao, nyamddzes1wd a.wd No, I don't recognize INdwo 442 What ire their names? ; Kf: wd ame eveawo kdt1 both (emphatic)
wd amev4Awokdti 4k3 bothts name
-90-- 6
XIV.
Wd amd evAilwokdti 4k6 enye Both ofthem are named Uwa.
Y4Wa. Km: I, Ydwdddgbd wddzi woa? Alla, both wereborn on Thursday? Kf E. Yes Km: gnyd xldtd. Very good.
Rial2m9.1 Kofi B: Bob bornon Bob, wddzf xanyeale Kddagbd. Bob, my friend was Do you know his Nanyi eljkod? Wednesday. names B: xose to believe(faith) that his name is g, mdxose be ftko enye Yes, I believe Koku. K: Azff now *the present, at this fffia now, at moment cousin novf brother, sister,
n.ovf toltse(vf) brother
riovf nydnu(vf) sister (on which) gbdsigbe the day which Now, his sister's Anyo ofto.Lznavfanyd-nuvf Very good. Do you kmow 41co dnye Akdw. nnyd name isAkuwa. shz was born? gbdsigbd wddzid (wddzif4)2 the day on, which B: born on Wednesday. Wddzr dyallS la Kddagbd. She was also are to learn ; (something, things) srenti to learn mesr&la nd I learn habitually
ktbit fast, quickly You learn Anyo'vdto. isrZna nd ktiba That, a very good.
vdtot - quickly.%
Dialopp.e
B: Bob Ebfi gba day
dzigbe birthday' Togo have a Dzigbe xikd laamasfama sf la Does everybody in
Tcloa2 birth name? yt go to,until to Sunday every- E, tsd Dzogagba yi 44 Kwasf- 'Yes, fram Monday.
4agbas amesiama x8adzigbe body gets a birth name.
3k6. 4,30 of Mondayts Dzadagba vfwo rjk6442 What is the name children? K: girls Wtsavfawo nyd Kwadzd4ya The boys areKWadzo and the
nydnuvfawo ny4lidzda? are Adzoa. B:. Mdmleclagba ad? What.about Saturday? K: KW4mf kple Am4. Kwami and Ama. B: Do't6e.Togolese give lwhitement4 Tdgotowo naa yevdijkdwo their wd v/wda2 European names to children? K: European name tp wOntia yevd 4k0aid we, Yes, they give a (i.e., to vfwd. to their children each child).
-92- 8 mt. pom.vbhension. Tdgb. -d4gb.e lake la amesiame sf.Viddzt holrfnya 33utsu.vf: 1a.Dzoda.ikre 33k6.e ny4 Kwadzd.. Wddzt novinya.-nyonuvf la Dzoda.Apt S4 331c6 dnye Adzda. L mdrika 1, dzigbe 13k6 ingla amewd sf c.iftito Brown nyd Are dzigbe 33keke degbe 13k6 4nye Komla.Bob 7a m!Snya Are degbe j1cd O. iestions on theCompreliension 1. Dzigbe 33k,dwo.*1a Tdgcsat 2. Iakeke. ka. dzf, wddz t. ndvinya loutstivi1 3. 13keke ka:dzf wddzt ndvinya nydnuvi2 ke Etztgbe Aid .c1;t52 5. Novinyd 33uttuvf .S4 dzisbe Vr.S. 442.
6. Dzigbe-33k6wol.a,Lndrikg2 . 7. Ijkeke kd dzf wddzI A110.2 8..F/clagbd oitsuvfwo seS 13k6wo ad? 9. Ijkeke kdif wc5dzi Kom.1.0.2 Bob nyd 4,re' Ewe *kdit.2 11.Enya 4Se degbe kIkek4g.2 S. 12.ISISto BrOwn nyit 4re 1zgbe.33k8kea2
p. aztgbe 33k6 dist «. 34.tkeke kilt; wddzt 1,f4to Brown? 9
Babiawo
1. Ijkeke ka dztwddzi w4 2
2. Wd Ewe Ijko 462 Ama. Ijkeke kadzfe wddzIna 3. Ny5 Ewe 4kodnye 4. lopkeke ka dzfwddzi KofT2
5. Ijkeke kadaf wddztAkdwA (Akda)2 iCkeke ka dzfwddzt we? 6. Wd 4kowoe nydKwatf kpleJCma. nydnuvt2 7. Ijkeke kadzf wdodzi novfw8
8. gre Ewe ijk6 462 OtsuvT1 9. Ijkeke ka dz1wedzi novfwe
10. 10 ndfiala :6 Ewejk d 462
11. ]Okeke ka dzfwGdzii2 Unit XV
Relative Clauses The Indirect Object The Particle /Re/ DialratA.
K: Koff B: Bob A: AkIku
kpe to meet fo (fovi) elder brother Bob, ekpe fonyestl 33koe nye Bdb, have you ever met myelder
Ak10.1 l kpaV brother whose name is A]jkul B: Aloku, efSnyuies.? A]oku, how are you? A: Es wela62 Gbekagbe nev& I am well, and what about you?
aft tsclAmerika? When did you come here from America? B: Kwasfda Sunday, week
si relative pronoun, who,which
kwasfda si velyt last week (week which passed)
kwasfda si gbona next week (week which comes gabituag)
Mtva tsd Amerika Htfasfdasi I came from America lastweek.
vayt la la.
A. kp6 a visit
11;vet kp6 mf a aa2 Won't you come over to visit us? , A: Akie nawa.GbakagbaS mAyin Thani.youe lothich day should I come? 2
A. that oy kit hangs, dependp_
depends4 on you 4. . ka 4 05 gbawo .. gbesfggb4 0 any day, every.day 4 16 likes lov.e 44 , Ekema kd ad gbowa.Gbesfagb4 That depends on you.Any day , nycf. is O.K. B: . .. . sun Y4 ...... } . when, what time of day . yekayt. , ,. lilfo about, in the.enviroriment , ./ .:.. , ,.: of laro2 About what time of day2 kt A. F14.7. la claFtlagbefi; In the evening.Come and have t.: kpli; mf, Friday supper with us. B: 7.8O, akpe. miaa 138 le Agreed, thank you.See you on Sclagbe Kwasfa si gbona Friday next week. me. No tes 1.Relative Clauses %. The relative clauses .areintroduced by therelative pronoun /slip e.g. tHave. you mpt ikuy brother a./Ekpe fOnye j acat .4 .> BEI Amku 1S. kpal/ whose name is .41;021 4 b. /Meva' tso- Amerika tI came framAmerica (in) kwasicla si the week which haspassed'. la me/
att96", A general characteristicof the Ewe language is thatall
$.1.10012221 clauses andin/la/ if they precede the main clause. If they follow themain clause, the particle4/la/
is optional, e.g. /Ponye si mk2,2m,Ailku !My brother whose name is
la va aft ts6Amerika/ Alas came here from Americal.
/Miakpd 40. si gbona !We will meet next Friday'.
(1a) mej
If the antecedent isplural, then the plural marker/wc1/
comes after/si/, e.g. /Pia nu siwo ne fie IAA/ !Show me the things you bought!.
Descriptive relative clauses arenot used very often inEwe,
and many of the relativeclauses that appear inEnglish are expressed ih Ewe either bycoordination or by asyndeton
(omission of conjunctions whichjoin co-ordinate words or
clauses).For example the sentence /gfe 2co si lolo la xoasi/ tHis house, whidh is big,
is eipensive!...
is better.expressed"by either:
/gfe Ito la ledo eye woxo !His house is big, andit is expensive!.
or: /gre xog5 la xo asi/ !His big house isexpensive".
- 7- XV. Dialogue 2
Kt: Koff Kd: Kodzo Kf: de to have been; to have visited ide Ltime kalat Have you ever visited Lome?
Kwasfga Sundays week
si relative pronouns who, which
kwasfcla si vayf last week (Iweek which
passed)
kwasf4a.si gbona next week (week which comes 5abitualn is fly; kplelx&iy; mlede Yes, my friendaild I went there affma kwasfcla si vy m. (during) last week. Kf: dzii; .9.. pal to pleases to satisfy
edze Koff 102. Kofi liked it
;deg 33unye *it pleased mos I liked it dz miaol it pleased us.S.* we liked it
Edzel mtapial Did you like it? Kd: is Lame dze& amesfime' I Yes, everybody.Wild has been to
cif; affmakpS 1S Lome likes it. to takes.to arrive
.bos bus
kettika. train
B6s Aid latgkee niacin? Dld you take the bus or the train? XV. Kd: to leave (aplace) dzd Friday morning Ffdagbe 23df Saturday afternoon 14,emle4gbe yetrS We took thebus. 14'43 leftSokode Bosrated& tifedzo la SISkode on Fridaymorning, and we Blida udf4ye mfedo 1414 arrived in LomeSaturday after- tgmlea yetrd. noon.. Kf: How many daysdid you stay2 ucekeante mieno anyt2 Kd: k8 only (there) only Saturday M4mledagbe kpleKwasf4agbe We stayed kS4 mfea ?Lama. and Sunday.
Notes !I'like it! 1. /edze elnye/ uyau (sing.)like it! /4dze 331.1wo/
/4Aze eud/ 1,:he likes it! twe like it! /edze mfael/ like it! /4dze miaiju/ tyau (pl.) /edze whu/ !they like it! Imes youo.him,1 Notice thatinstead of theobject pronouns possessive pronounsare etc., as in!it pleasesme!, the /edze zlnye/ may beanalyzed literally used. The expression
as litis of Easatisfaction!. word /neni/thow If a nom isfollowed by anumber or the many!, the nounis always inthe singular.
-99 6 XV. laialcumea Kf:Kofi Kw: Kwadzo Kf: dt want, look for Est nade LOme eir.pt nitsiand When you were(visited)Lonie,1 .si nedf 161 did you find (get) everything you wanted? Kw: E, mekpd nil siwomedtlEf. ..Yes, I found (got) the things dike' minplyameip6' nttstantt, I wanted, .but my friend didnot
Zs* find everything. ga e:gain2 gayi go again Yekayi wlagayiLame? When will he go to Lomeaiiing Kw: na mo grant permission 4Ekeina ill de fafciau. That depends on his father. Ne (Ina m644;1:1 la; mexo If hepe.rinitSt him, he (my se beAyt ame egba. friend) 'will go to Lozne today. Kf: Le YElwaclagbe mayi I will go toI;Oftze- on. Thursday. Notes 1./44,a particle(also uied ab an interrogatiVe) sometimes
uted with/eel/ . tridicatea subordinateclause.It is uedin the s ame manner as/lab except that 'it has a more interrogative sense.NOte that it is uthed he'in interrog- ative sentences.Onewiiula be'-eelutdly correct in sayins /Esi adé.Lome la,.4;V :Ztothen.'you were in A:visited) Lome,
.41.4122
-100-- XV.
2. /0/ 'again? is uaed to expressthe repetition of an actions and it is placed betweenthe pronoun sad the verb, e.g.
/Yekayi woagayiLame/ When will he go to Loma again?'
Kw: Kwadzo Kf: Kofi Kw: Ijcif notw8, Kofis ede Lameal Goodmornings1 Kofi, did you visit Lame?
E, nya kple danye. Yes, my mother end (lit., I and my mother) Kw: fia show Sae buy Ffa nd sw nAfle la. Showme1 the things you bought. Kf: ed open
gbamAgbe that day Nye mArle andke a. I did not buyanything. The Flaseawo mi gbaagbe 0. shops did notOPen that day. Kw: Gbakagbe neyi Lama? When (on whiehday) did you go to Lome? Kf: Mfeyf NAmiegagbe figeye We went on Saturday-eveningand mfegatr6 dz4 Dzoagbe 33df. came back(we turned and left)
Danye ndsfelndA dim Monday morning. my mother said mike lt la Sokocle. that everything we wantis in Sokoge..
4.101- 8 XV, Kw: dza exist dziagbe birthday, birthstar vo bad dzagbevii bad birthday* unlucky star* unlucky
Ohodagbeveet3& Oho you unlucky fellow No te 1.Many verbs in Ave can take both adirect and an indirect object. .The indirect object* if asubstantive* always 001118E1 at the end of the sentence, andit usually does so when it is a pronoun. /med,8 t6 rruflai II obeyed the teachert pulled ear to the teacher') /fia nu siwo ne :le tShow me the things you bought' If the direct object is a pronoun,its form and position are regular, e.g. /egblos na nufiala/ 'Ile told it to the teacher! Sometimes, however, if theindirect object is a pronoun* .it may take a form different fromthe regular one.This will be diacussed furtherin later chapters. In modern speech* theverb /na/ fto give! in certain circumstances, such as when it followsanother verb, is no longer.conjugatedo and in such instances has become a particle or preposition to expressthe indirect object.
;.102- XV. /Etso agbalUnami/ tHe gave the hook to
nawo/ Good morning to you'
Comprehension . Le KwAsi4a si valyi mA)14, nye kpl4 x6nye miede Lame'. Eledzo
14,Stko4e Ff4agb4 yetr6 sy4 mieva a Lame Mitm1e4agb4Kidf. mfena aitma hAm1edagb4 kpl; Kwasida gb4 eye miegatrSdzi; Acode 14
DzOdagb4 Ile. Lame dz4 mlauu dekpomaaxowo eye maedoga barikatowo, Bob kple John 14 affma. gedoga.wS 14 Kvasf
0=4. Mfe,r14 nd 1344ewc5 le Lame. tguele nil:sand, et pied gake
Anye ya mAkpo ndsfanu st wad14 .0.
LA Idmlecla fTe 14, Koff. 4414CiAdit Ayt tame. lagatr6
Sokode le Dzo4agbe ljdf. Ame,r14 aneke 14.Lame o. w614 111 14 SSkode ffasewo m4. guestions Based on the Com rehension
1. Ifika KWadz4 14)14 4a.wcidel
2. Yekayf welyi affmg2
3. Affka witso la?
44) Yekayf weodzO2
5. Yekayf wciva a aftpl?
6% lakekene.nitalno ;Amp
7. lane ndsiwo adi 14. 14 Larieill
8. Kwadzd nal ndsfAnd si wad 112
go xisloa ha si; ndsfand. at wadf la?
10. Gb4kagb4 wStro yf asko4e2
11. Lama dz4 whilat
12. EnyA nd sia dz4 whil 14 Loa& -103- 10 . XV. 13.1gbdkagbe Kof I kpld dadi wedd Lome? 14.Yekayf wdtro ird Sdkod,e?
. 15.uresla ndsiv6 wddi lit 14 Wain Ndsiwd .1a. SZ:kod,44? Bablawo'
tde 16go kp66.? L:
4 2. "AdeChieago kp4e1.? Yekayfe nedd Chicago?
.14- Nakao dzd, uttwo .10 Chicago? 5. ICAStekd nec16 71 Chicavg.T.: Gb1 %) ps...ssiw6 net-1.6, 1.8 Chlop.go14, .71=1? Gbdkagbe nedd- New. YorkT 8. New York da ladwod?
9. Ntikae dzd owd ,New Xork? 10.Gbakagbe dnye dslit2 11.Ade Indianapolis 4gb4A2 12.tkp6 &Iwo egbili? 13.Yekayl nekpd da,wd 4gbal 34.Nusiwo ndji1e egbe g1éawo2
4
;.
4. 1
Unit XVI The. Intentional Strong Fonn ofthe Pronouns DialoRue 1 Koku Km: Komi bli id the corn tst to grow Pelpd, blid tat. Papa, the cornhas grown. nya word ter 4 in place of nyater4 that is right,really to go I myself1 to nyaterde.Nyd ofto Yes, youtreright. hi maul agblim maets6. also went tothe farm yester- day.It has really grown. . Etat nyitteff% tO break, to reap tad mfevee we reapedit going to reapit2 mfeld -duege we are .are,We going to reap it? Ydkayf mfela(SvegSt When Km: it tomorrlw. Mfe ld tkege Wetre gains to reap Notes 1. /nye )3x/to/ my.seift 0.4 The subjectiveand objectivefortis of theindependent personalpron'Ouns may be strengthenedby Auto/'self,: /nye otto/' d I myselft /wa oho/ tyou' yourself' /4yd xidto/ the himself, 2
bidawo, 9tttowo/ or /mta etowo/twe ourselves! fmfawo knitowo/ or /mia vitowo/:you yourselves, /wdawo vitowo/ or /wd lautowo/ !they themselvest Auto/ is also used to strengthen anoun, e.g./fofonye outc/tray tather himself!.
Intentional; . /rafey±/ twe went/ /mit ela twe are going 'bp got /mieva/ twe camel /mtela vAvdge/ !we are going to comet The intentional denotes an intended action or..one. whibh is going to be performed in the near future.It is formally
. compospd a the auxiliary verb /ley, a verbal noun. and the parpicle, /-get/ :intentional indicator! The verbal noun is formed- by prefixing the verb stem with a low-toned redupli-
cation (i.e., repetition) of itself. . /male f8f6ge/ !Itzn going to, get upt liote the following..ohanges in the reduplicated prep.= a.If the verb stem has a nasalized vowel, the nasali- zation is omitted in the reduplicated prefix* /nuka nale sosrpge/.. 'what. are you fp. ing to
" be- If, the, verb stem contains...an /1/ or 'an /r/o it is. emitted in the reduplicated. preflx. /41.104tAle rtilegq twha-b are you going to buyill /aka nale dzadzrEtge/twhat are you going to c. If the verb stem contains apalatalization, i.e.,
a consonantfollowed.by /1/, thepalatalization is omitted in the reduplicatedprefix.
/ndka nale fafiage/ twhat are you going to teach?!
.In the verb formspreviously encountered, atransitive verb*
was one normallyfollowed by one or moreobjects. /mfeyt agble/ lwe went to the farm! /mfela agble ytg4/ twe are going to goto the
farm!
hafedda Ava 20/ !we put it in the granary!
/mtela ddege Ava m41 !we are going to put itin the granary!
Note that the first objectof the verb beoomesthe mgaselaile .modifier of the verbal nounin the intentional, andthus it
preo.tdes theverbal noun. In this case thereduplicated prefix is omitted.
bsia dayemgd/ Ihe is going to sendmel /ad dawog4/ !he is going to send you(sg) /dle, ddog/ the is going to sendhimt
mla d4ge/ !he is going to sendus!
/614 Ada dike,/ !he is going to send you(pl)
w6 ddgef !he is going to send them!
WildlIVAmW010011
*In, Ewe, a verb indicatingdirection or location
followed by a noun phraseindicating place(e.g., /n/eyf
Agble/ !we went (to the)farm!) must be consideredtransitive -107- 14-
Note that: a.The possessive pronoun Of the first person singular has the form /-y8m/. /d18 dayemg4/ Ihe is going to send met b.The possessive pronouns of the first and second persons singular always follow the ve3.-bal noun. /OA d8yemg4/ the is going to send met /dle .daiolog6/ the isgoing 'to send you (sg.)II A high-toned verb -has low' ione before the possessive pronouns of the first and second persona singular. Dialogue 2
Kk:Koku Km: Komi Kk: mfeyi Agble we went to the farm mfelel tigble yigd we are going.to the farm ?mad eigble* yfgd dgbeett irewe going to the farm todait ran mfeyi we went rafela weaile going togo 'immediately E y±yig fffi3A. Yes, wel re going, to go right now. Kk: blidwo the.Corn (Pl.) entireli; ill ndeme..blittbio ..we reapecVall thecorn mel bliwo kitg )34ge we are going toreap all the corn Mfeli blidwo kt dgea? Are We going' to reiip rall the
odrne .e 108- Km: Yes. Kk: then ekema to do
will do dwa and, with kple Then what will wedo (with) it? ikema ni1kmfawa kplft? to put in d4 granary ava it in thegranary' m/edeevam8 we put. to put it in mfel8 4dege ava m. we areloing the granary to gut it in a Mfel8 4dege avama. We are going granarY.
Elalav.11 Kwasi Km: &Paid Kk: Kwaku Ks:
nd (or Ago, orAgon4) coconut to pick, toharvest gb8.
4gb8 today Excuse me, Kwaku,is yaur father Teflatsd, Kwakd,tdwd (fafdwd) going to harvestthe coconut 18 nda (Agonda)gb8g6 dgbe12 today? Kk: to be dry,ripe
hc d not yet dO not think so I ny8 mixSes8 o.fgare No, I . . dont't 'believeit)? Our coca-
ndawo m4rd had4 cle . nuts are notdry yet. (11444ke o) -109- XVI. Kk: vdto (after a noun or pronoun)
himself
Ah, t6nyn vita ny4 sf (sea). Ah, here is my father himself. (lit., my father himself is
that).
eyata therefore; and therefore
to need
kpakpAclevu help (noun) .
MAO, Kwasf, mdawo .11 la nyd Say, Kwasil. the.coconuts are ripe
isbl4 a. Mfele wdgb6g4 on .myfarm. We are going to
Jts ijd atâ m/ehil pick them up tomorrow morning,
kpakpkevu'. and we need help. ,. Ka: lcpS 44 ud to give help, to help2
kpakplef and3
Ny'd kple srtnye kpakpli vinya my wife, my son and I will help
mfakpe d4 udwa. you. Kh4 akpe applause (thanks, gratitude)
sevu strong (stronger than)
kAkaka very.
,A1194 kilkaka. (WaesA vi Thank you verymucia.it. (lit.,
kakaka). you are the one who is very
strong). Notes
1. /nye.mexoese o/ II do not believe it'. /xo.. se :believe'
actually consistq.of two verbs, /xx/ .featelivtaket and ,(01/
, !hear!. Of these only one verb can tdke an object, and this 7
There are severalverbs object inmediatelyfollows the verb.
similar to this: i.e., try same- /t nil kp64/ !draw thing see, thing! i.e., test /d6 &rag 444/ 'follow person see,
somebody' . i.e., taste same- nd kal . !lick thing see, thing' i.e., inquire /11a nya se/ !ask word hear, about samething! sentence to express a The use ofseveral verbs in one in English by oneverb thaught which mayoften be expressed. for this with is characteristicof Ewe.Westermann accounts describe in detail every .the,explanation thatthe Ewe people has to beexpressed by action or happening,and each detail happening andpresent it a specialverb. They dissect every leading event in its variousparts, whereasin English the events areeither is expressed by a verb,and subordinate preposition, not considered or areexpressed by meansof a
adverb, conjunction, orprefix of theverb.
(lit., come let ustdke a Va m/42 tsayi donakodzi. hospital) Letts . walk go
visit the hospital. 8 XVI. 2. a./mekp6 46 Komi 1311/ II helped Kmil b./riekp6 de awe)/ II helped you' The object of the verb/kpg de 3311/ is placed betweenthe last two forms, i.e., between/de/ and /33u/.But, if the object is a pronoun, the first aidsecond persons singularfollow the last form /13u./. fmekpe de wow/ helped the:0 /mokpe de miakiu/ II helped you' /mekpe de emu/ II helped him, her,it /mekpe.de miaklui/ t I helped usI But /Skpe 4e 'Amy the helped me1 /mokpe 4e 33kily helped you' 3./kpakpliy = /kpl4/ 'and!./kp;akple/ is r).rmally Used only when it is the last andin aseries. /woese Kju/ is more commonly usedin speech, but/med.& akpe .nawV or /akpd naw6/ is moreformal. Dialove J:John K:Komi J: Amakae le neawo gbsege? Who going to pick the coconuts? .K: Yaovte. (Yawovi). Yao (Yawo) theSmaller; or Jr. 3: to gatheio; to collect to collect them Ainka L wcifoge la atfawo And who is going game? from under the trees? K: Ny6nlittwese. The women. J: gba to break
gbe to break it
dgbe will break it
Amettclewo 14 w6gbagea? Are there samepeople to break them? K: tip tr6 :to pour, to turn over, water, liquid, Inicle .tsi
zagb& big container
Ny6ndaw8 14 w6gbgeye wOle The women will breakthem, and poilr the Nice netsf la tr6ge cleztabet than they will (pot). de mg. into.a big container
clolatftiagaa etso Bifa tsf 14 KwakdfofiS J*4 &gb14 WOle agble yige d4ge ava me.Agble m41810o eee bla vSge eye wOlg etso hate w4 mhiakpakpecleuu o.
Kwdkd fofcl m414 Aren4awo sbgg4 4gba osWmAfu hada o.
N4awo Pi lg Kwamifa Sgblg m4. WOle.wSgbe gt). etso. sria 4gb14 14 1010 eyata41ekpekpedeuu'lliage.... KWast kpl4 gbage kpakpld wovf lakpgkpege cl4Kwamt.ou..'igtsuawo 14'n4awo gkema nySnuawo la whba sya nySnuawo law6fog4 tsoi atfawogame.
g4 wSla agonetsi 14trogg ad zogb4 Questions Based on theComprehension
1. Kwakd fofo Je blIgb163,
2. Yekayf wOle blta 3eg42
3. WOle blta ljege 4tsoa?
-113- 10 xv1. Kwakti fot6 le kpel.cpkelp.hiagea? 5. Ameka fe n4woe ta? 6. Yekayl wOle wOgbagi32 7. Axngka 1kpakpege dtS Yaovi 33u2 8. AraSkag la w6fogiJttawo eme2 9. Amekatg la n4awo gbege? 10.Le ssta megbe (afterthis) cie ntikae ny6nawit le wowoge? Class 1. B11.031ew6 le Amerika? 2. Bligblewo 18 Afrika2 3, Aleke AmerikatZwo atria b11? Negblewo le itmerika2 5. Negblewo la A.frika2 6. Ale'ke agbledelttwo gbena nS laAmerika? 7. atm wZge wile fig sf.66.? 8.Afika yig4 ale la midi mebg? 9. Amelrat 1Afrika yig4 tsci afisit12 10.Amekag la twesbe fla ge 11.21e Tdgo yig4a, gil4to Brown? 12.Alka wog4 nale la affmfi.? Unit XVII The Proccressive Dialogue 1
Km: Kwami Ed:Ewadzo Km: agblemendkuawo the crops tsd to grow itgblemenitruawo latsetsdm Are the cropsgrowing well? nydida Kd: kak6 cocoa vo to rot nykCika vc. my cocoais rotten 1 nykcfolcO ivcivOm ray cocoais rotting nyiS kak6 le vavean. No* my cocoa isrotting. Km: Tanye h. Ninetoo. Ed: to send 41,06 440 avfawo you sentthe children he devfawo dom you aresending the children suktigh(11) high school to high school . c suktigi( to Ele cievfaIro clesm4,4sukagii(a)?Are yousendirlg:,the children high school? hatsuf money(lit., cowry.Cowry wai the first usedmoney) ga money(4t.* metal) lasba half7pencemoney2 money. As., k6133.,41kAsinyea. No, .1 don't have any Kd: Nya h nyemite]juia. I canttafford it either.3 Mika miawa. What shall wedo? 115- 2
Km: da eat, reign, rule, lord it over dz/ to reign, to rule delauclu, reign (noun), government de to pilt (in)
c1.o to lend kpo mo see the road male mSkpom be Dziclaciva I expect that the.government ade emse am! vEtsede.Se will lend us a hand..till:next
sigb6nalgma. year.gat., I MI expecting (hoping) that the tpvernment will put its hand init for us until next yearg Notes 1. Progressive: /kakfi IA 1; vavOiq the cocoa is rottingt /mfela yiyira/ twe are going! vas 1we are coking! /Intel; f6f6ini twe are getting upt /nifka ale felfitam/ !what are you teaching?!
1 /ntf.ka nke felerrii !what are you buying? I /nttiza. nele .dzidzrt6n/ 1what are you selling?! fmf.elagble two arc going to tho /miele &era: alia is.' tw.e are*.Putting it inthe?..grahaire
116- xvn The progressiveindicates an action whichis now in progress. It is formed like theintentional except that/-* !progres- sive indicator! issuffixed to the verbstem (instead of /-gq tintentional indicatorlSeeUnit XVI,Intentional). Note that thepossessive pronoun of thefirst person singular has the form/-yd/ before /-ea/ !progressiveindicator?. /dld daydro/ lhe is sending mel The verbs /gbo/tcomet, /yi/ Igo! $ /be/ lsay! often take the habitual instead of thesimple past or theprogressive. /mele suku yin/ am goingto schools /meyina suku/ II am going toschool! 2.From English !copper!./hcItsui/ (cowry) was the moneyused before the mintedcoin. /hotsui/ istherefore used to mean money./ga/ lmetall is money./k6ba/ lhalf-pence, orabout 7/12 cents in used as money,especially to demonstratethe absolute absence of it.
3. Literally, lI cant t doit! (i.e., send thechildren to school).
Ks:Kwasi Km: Kwami Ks: tdo Good af ternoon Km: howl s everything !No, artiaradd? Good afternoon, at home? Ks: Edo. Fine.. KM Eldvlawo ad? How about thechildren? Ks: W6do, avfawo? They're fine, andyourchildren? -117- XVII. Km: yap nydie. They're fine. Ks: idblemendkuawo lJ tstttsdm Are the crops growing wells
nydieat Km: Aa, wdmeld tsetsdm a. No, theytre not growing. Ks: tsidzaljelia the rainy season
Skpa very much, too much Tsidza zjlia didi ikpa. The rainy season has been too long. Km: NyateNe. You're right. Dialogue) It:.Kami Yaovi : ablande pineaipple
iltdtd pineapple
Ny5 Atbtoawo la vavdm. Ny pineapples are rotting.
ndkatae why
claw) reap
Ndkata mAyi aclauewd oa2 Why don't you go) to reap them?
Yey/y/a deke mele asinye I do not have any time.sI am
a. Mele nd hS srdm vdvid also studying very hard.
udto. Y: da go
Ele sUldt damg2 Are you going to school? X: .E. Yes. V. gbli to spOil
Nyayi nye Auutiawo le gbegblam (As for me) my oranges are getting
.le.atiawo.dzi. spoiled on the trees. 5 XVII. K (with) dzo ad to happen to to them wddzi on them, to them? Ndkae la dz8dz6m c w6dzi2. What is happening Y: Nyemenya a. I donit know.
PlAlagatl Yawo K: Kwami T. 1)14a) (or meo) face to squeeze 70 make a face,grimace . yoijkdme (or ya 28) such, neama that way, sudh a way, in such a manner
Hi, Yao, why are youin such a Yawo, ndkataneyo 33kdme neamg? bad humor? Y. getting spoiled. h.; gziSmO la gbagblem. my peanuts are K: is it that cl5 is it that they aregetting 8; &bake, cle w6levoNTOm Ohl rotten, or whatis happening 16o al6 ndkae14 wOwam2 then? Y. getting rotten wile 181760 leanyfgba me. Yes, they are underground. K: to spoil(used for tubular dze roots)
khkeK1 completely Oh, it happens; asfor me, it is A,edzZna; nye ya nye that is getting 4beliawo ledzadzemk(kkei3. my Manioc spoiled completely.
4-119- 6 xvn. Y: 8, nyate,f4a2 Oh, really? K: L. Yes. Y.: 414 thUs
glebe end so
A14be ndka woga nele? And so what are you go ngto6:41 K: Nya anya a. I don't know.
Notes the .1. In interrogative sentencescontaining question words, word order with theintentionaland.the progressive tenses often Changes slightly innormal speedh. This revised order
is:
question word - main verb.4. intentional..or: prodressive
marker - pronoUn +auxiliary
/nuk& wom nele/ 'What are yOUdbing?''
/nuka woge nele/ 'What are youaoing to do?'
By this rearrangementthedirect object Vnukan'immediately precedes the mainVerb. It is also ii0831ble*t6 aik the question with the regularword order, but inthis case, since
the directobject does notimmediately precede themain verb,
there is reduplication. /Nuka nele 'worm/ 'What are youdoiniof
/Nuka'nele wowoge/ 'What are you goingto do?'
-120- 7 rm. atame&makan la Yaws yo MD lodtot Lb S6 en ma lietsidzalplia drdi Ghana dkpa eyata jogbelia 18 gb8gb1dm,40 4re auatfawo.kple esi woitadcleviawo k8k8 wOhli legbegbltm 44 atfawo dzf.Ga rale 'Ana fesi gbbna 44 mica 8.Ele m6kpombe dziauclua Ado ga nae
la me. uestions Based on theCom rehension
1. Dzi la Yao dzamg?
2. Ndkatg?
3. Aldke Are dziawo 18wawsm2 Aleke (fe Acutiawola w8w6a2 441
S. Aleke 6se agbelia laOwnt?
6. Ga le6siA2
7. V1146 le Sera?
8. Kikata wOhli ga?
9. NtIke wale m6kpom ng? Questions for theClass
1. Agbledell. menyea?
2. AgbledelS foftwO nycla? demil? 3. Agbledel;wo le Amerika (.16147611) ace) gble Ga la asIwoa2
S. Ndka sr8m ale?
6. Elenu sromvevisa2
7. Aakae le nufOm netwelfifiA2
8. littra xlem mile? mea? 9. Ndlcuawo le tsitam nyufeafe sid
10. Tsidzarjolia didi iresia mea? -121- unit rrnI Telling_ Time Numbers Dialogue 1
A: Ama B:Bob A: dzracld to get ready, prepare uu drum uutroto drumming mfayi Well, Bob, wont t you getreaey Aldke, Bob, madzracid drumming? aclakp6 m;roiroa oat -that we may go.. to, see. the/ B: game bo ttom, beginning, under dza dgame start Cv.) Yekayi wale dgome dzegar When is it going to start? A: time, hour, o'clock ane four git ane ma at four o'clock Adza dgarde a one. It will beGin at l'ouro'clock. wdnit to finish And when will it,finish? Loam yekaytt. A. seVen adr5 . Awunu get adid. It will finish at seven. B: fo beaip, ring (v.) gitrato 'an hour's period at5 three kitg ass:much as mit 'doltnz. na stal,, sit na anyt stay, to sit down, tolast 2 VIII. Os gekrojlo clt5 kEttl wale 4.da .0h, it is Eping to last ad2much
yig63.2 as three hours?.. A: nidzradd mfityig.? Yes, will you get ready to go2 B: lila wait lla v/e wait for a few minutes (lit., wait small or wait
. a little) 04.ani6 All right, wait a l'ittle.for me. ffffit.2 What time is it nal? A: 4ra git ate kp34 It is half past three.(lit.,
. . strikes time "three. and a half). Notes 3.. The mun'erals: The-.Cardinal numbers from 1 to 19 are: 1. --Raki, 45/ 11.hatidclki(a)/ .2.- /ava/ 12./wtti,ava/ 3./ ate/ 13./wdiat5/*
4. fene/ 311.. /wttidne/ t5.titt6/ 15./wttiati/
6. 76.d.6/#/and6/ 16./wttiadq. 7. /adr4/#/andr4/ 17. /wiliadr4( 8. /ine/ 18./wilienyt/ 9./asilke/, /enyide/ 19./wultisidkii/ 10 /eve/
-123- XVIII. Prom 20 thecardinals are: /bla dtqf 20./bldavd/ 30. 21. /bldavd vo4410/ 40./bla dm,/ 22. /bldave vove/ /blaati( /bla add,/ 23./bldavd vo tqf /bldave vo 70. /bla adr4/ /bla eng/ 25. /bldavd va dtqf 80.
26./bldavd vt dd4( 90./bla asfektV
27. '/bldavdvd wird/ 100./alara Oka/ Ibldavd v6 n74/ 29. /bldavdvt asid10/ before the The objectcounted is placedin the singular ,numerale .g.As:Aro etgthree hours:- I3ut if theobject has thearticle, thenthe plural marker is added.to thenumeral, e.g. /niisrBla/ Ithe disciple' /ndsrala wttieveawo/ t the twelvedisciples! The, ordinalnumerals* withthe 'exception:ofigttitot firstI are,-fcirmed by adding/-lia/ to eachOf the numbers. !second: /atniat
Bob:- At.Aria A. time
git ridnalnd what time from do. -to come out. o;, XVIII. What' time will you get out of GA neneme4 nado lesukt
40282 clasaes today?' B: wufdakd eliven
Afi haff
wuldeka kp1 4 afI at eleven and ahalf
Gawu/cf,iid kpl6 afi. Ealrpait eleven'.
ta to cldse hoipital dZnokOdzI . What -time do they closethe Ga nenema wdtdaDandk6dziA2 , hospiiálf
wuieve twelve.
Wdtune gel wufevekpl4 Itcloies1 at twelve thirty. (lit., they closeit) A. faith x8se to believe, to'be of'the opinionthat, xosebd. to thiik'that can be tx6se'bd ydatdbu d40 Affma Do ,you think_thatyou2 there (arrive)before it hdff '.wdattlielt 2 closest
.50 Yes, I will. E, radglip A: regardse:W -Ipur Any(); cusisba nd nov/wo4 Goods give my brother(sister), pleaset ndra sta. O.K., I will. (Certainly, etc.) Yoo. Notes passive la Ewe does noVhave apassive voice: The Engliah XVIII. construction with an indefinite agent* such as II amhurt*
it is read* etc.'s' is expressed in Ewe by theconstruction
'they* hurt me* they read it* etcet The third person plural
subject has an impersonal meaning and is equivalentto the. .
French pronorainal tont.
The second person subject pronoun is omitted beforethe verb
/terju/ here because it is in a dependent clause and itssub-
jec.t is the same as the subject of the main verb. In this
case: /Exosebey !do you think that!
/Yeaterju/ !you cant
In all sirailar cases /yea introduces the dependent verb.
A: Aria B: Bob A: that
yleti moon
14 to catch, to catch up with* to hold
Wdbe ye le ylet/ ldge dgbe, They say that the sun will catch
nyatArdi? the moon today. Is it true? (There is going to be an
eclipse). B: Gioia to say, to speak, to rontion something
Es.w6gbiae la?radio' dz/ Yes* they said it onthe radio ijdfsia. this morning.
-126- 6 XVIII. A. dia to happen, to occur leekayte wald dzadzoge? When.wiil it happen? B: n6 Sseso when it remain's mtnrti, aclabia,rofo mintitea (fivm English ne fors tO ne esuso minrti blave Lii;when it is left 25 voat5 ne ga asieke minutes for hour nine, to'.nine Wdbe Ltdza ne dseso mfnXti They say it will happen at bl4vd ird ata .n6 ga, asfeke twenty-five 'to:. nine. =tiro. do 33go in advance Alek6 wdnytte dd 33ga hall How do they know in advance? wesdza nal (lite, how they (do) knoW in advance before it occurs (happens) then?) be to calculate, to figure Akdiota wany6 wdbena. They figure it out by mathemati- cal calcula tiOna A: 'wuriu to finish tomething nyatergatYekiayf wale Oh, really% When will it end? 6nu wdg82 wu.16etti fifteen Awunu elb4 get.sisfice' kpl4 It will finish at about fifteen 'mfnXtt wadittd en6. minutes past niheir
.4427 XVIII. A: , Akemd rnfelnEtn6 tef'd kpd Then we :are. doingto 'gee some- .$6... dgba,. thing today. Dialogue.k
Aria.. B:'Bob A: A. lorry., bus, car
z to leave yekay/ Atakpdma Excuse me, when doesthe tibitin kdtikda dzodzdm.1. to Atakpame'leaVet B: ,two eve). . Mexose b6dzona gEt 8ve I think it leavesat half past kpld two A: Yekaif nexa se bdmitado When do youthink we will arrive Atakpamfg? at Atakpame2 B: kdba early Jtht to run wd pore, most the last, the rest mamlae(wo) -.,
train you take. Eku ktk sirit'd,d la rigti, It depends on what p%p g. la j'ua .du wuamamlas.wo The t piplt runsfaster than the . (kati), dye -'wthicie. Atakpame , rest (of thethall) and arrives kdba. Atakparae early. Yikayfe nexo se bdplpg. And :when do youthink the,Ipipe arri,:ve I isf Et cid % B: Ado le getrogro ene megbd. It will arrive after.foui hOurs.
-148- 8
XVIII. A. Akema aft ab gi adi Then we will arrive at about half
kpld if& end. past six.
dyidma thatle it,thatis iight
dyidma. Yes, that's exactly it. A. inyo, wddse vd kdkaka.1 Good, thank you very much. irkpd mdla o. Not at all. (you arewelcome).
Notes
le /wdese xpu/is the colloquial but most used form of saying
thank you. The other two forms are: /meda akpe nawd/ (formal) fI applaud you'
/wde wo do/ (less formal) !you did work, a useful worW The answer to !thank youi comes from theformal ona:
/akpe mole eme op/ Tan applause is not in ordexe
Comprehension Kadzd kpld John yt Atakpame atso bewdikp6 wdxiii Bob si noa afima la. Wdfo kdba le g4 add kpldifi ma dye la ga adri ma ld
wdna ljudza. Asuso mlniti wuieite nd gi 4nyi nit'd haJf kdtekaa vd, Syd wedzd g nyt tautu.Garoto ene magbd lwdsipAtakpame. Bob kpd dadzo vdto dotwakpd xaldi John. John kpld Xodzo wdno iff6t Kikekea kit1,44 le fandduau megbd 14 OA gi anyi me it John kpld Kadzd wddo beetrddzo yi Lazio. imutions Based on the Comprehension
. 1. Ndka Eadzd kpld John wdwa steal
2. Ndkata wdyt affmge
3. Yekayi wdfo2 Yekayid wdna oddza ni dsddzdt 9 xvIII.
5. Affka %idyl?
6. GgroSo ka mgkdteke ld va? keitdke ld dzd? 7. Ggfofo ka ma
8. Yakaytd wcIdo Atakpame?
9. Iddnd affma yeyiyididia?
10. Yekayie wddzola Atakpame? Questions for theClass
1. Gg nenferd2
2. Ga ndame ne vafisia? la afisia? 3. Ga ndndmaala dzadzdge Gg an6m5sukua dziaegame?
5. Ga anda1481qua enu?
6. Suku deyididina2 etso? 7. Gg andm5ne dd le stika dgame? 8. Ga ndndasinemg dzena
9. Sinemg Mina?
10. Ga andmesinemg wda dna?
-130- 1
Unit XIX The PreteriteOlutumand Habitual Pro ressive Dialogue 1
Am: Ana Ak: Akuwa Am: bd that ( conjunc tion)1
gbo come badk, return
Yevdwode Europe Mese bd v/wd gbo tsd / heard that yout son came baok
Yvtiwode, nyateSdAi from Europe, is it trime ? Ak: dd dza to converse (lit., talksalt)
E, mano dz m atso firhill Yes, I wasconversing2 last wdva do. evening when he arrived,
ygme air, atmosphere
ygmeod airplane dza to land
dzAre landing place ylmevd-dzqd airport Mleyidakp4a la ygmeud-dzefe Didn't you go to meet him at the dal airport2 Ak: trd to change
seed thoughts, thinking, mind dtro Are casd he changed his minds.
mamlae the last one
-131- XIX. Ao, infesnya be did ArS vm No, wedid not know he was caming eltso o.Eralo nthni bd .yd1e home yesterday*He wtoote to us are vim kwasicla si gbona 14 thathe3was coming .hame next gake.'dtro Are semisAgbale week, but then he changed his mibulae st wd ,talo and la va mindsThe last letter he wrote dgbdas to us came in tD.dayi Am: Mika wom naviawo.na 1I4fi What we're his brothers and Wdvil? sistetsdoing when he came?
*erg 4. to.. learn, 'to study na ntiarrn wasstudiring kpd tet. to bring heads together takpdkpd a meeting(lit., bringing of headshence Of minds, ideas, together) dyometo the one ( i se.,brother or sister) born immediately after,..bizu,her, it KWamla na nd srdm, 4ydmeto...... Kwamla was it/dying, the one born Afua yi takpdkpe: mit eye iinmediately after-him, Atm, makaladWo na dzd tiom. went to a meeting, and the rest were conversing, Notes 1./b4/ Itosay, tospeakt asfollows verbs of saying, thinking, wi shlng , etc , and introduces objective clauses; it is translated as the conjunction t thatt
-132- rs x . b.introduces finalclauses; here, itis translated tin order tot 2. The progressive mayalso be expressedin the preteriteand the future.In this case/le/ is replaced by/no/ or /ano/ respectively. present Progressive /mele yiyim/ II am going' /mele agble yim/ II am going to.the farm' Preterite Pro ressive /mem yiyim/ II was .goings /meno agble yim/ IIwas goingto the farmt Puture_progressi:re /mano yiyiW II will begoing' /mano agbie II will be goingto the farm' progressive, usually The habitual mayalso be usedwith the to express ahabitual or continuousaction in the past. Adimea menoa Sulem/ tIn the morningI used to swlint In complex sentenceswhere the mainverb is one ofthinking, sen- saying, meaning,etc., the pronounin the subordinate tence which refersto the subjectbecomes /ye/ or/yewo/ (or possessive/ye,re/, /yewo,fen.They 'thus appearto intro- duce indirectspeech, althoughWestermann claimsthat in 'fact they areintroducing directspeech. /Elbe zedvat tYou said youwould comet(lit., you saidtI willcomet) /elalo nerimi begale *He wrote to usthat he was afe vim/ cominghomet -133- 14.
Dialogue 2
K: Komll E: Edward
33ku (dzi) remember (lit., set eye on)
ddvtm.4 childhood
kd (nd) to laugh
ko ame to laugh kt samebody Okuinye myself Pita seashore, beadh, coast . N4 med6 tku ddvilmd dzi la, When,I remembeil.my Childhood, I
mokona 40kuinye bdto. laugh atmyself. We lived near
Mfeno Pita. .the sea. E: NyateSea?Ndka nano wow6A? Really/ Whatwere you doing?
da work 1 (4)44ke any
D84clake mina asfriye ano I hadnothing to 'ft. (Lii., watOmc. I had nOwoik, I was doing) sea
swim la, bathe, shower faaere to switli in the sea(/le/ 'lit.moansbaihe, wash,
, r se bui 'be used here)
to play'
tale
to tell
71314.- 5
XIX. 13dfme mlenaa tu lam, ygtrdmd In the morning we wereswimmihg
mlena f8f4m, fiEmd midna in the sea. In the afternoon
glf tdm. we wereplaying. In the eve- ning we were telling tales. E: gvoa? Is that all? K. kattff all
met this, that
keema ko enye ma) was yustthat
vfvi sweet, pleasant
2, dUa kittg kadma. Mfeno Yes, that was allthe job. tales. fdfdm, na glf tdm.6hL We were playing, telling
clavfmt vfvi vgyi vito. Oh, childhood wasreally pleasant in the past.
Notes followed 1. When the indefinitepronoun/4v la, a certaint is by the emphatic particle/ke/ lanyt, its use isgenerally limited to.negative pronounsonly.
Dialogue a
M: Mary A: Akuwa
anyfgba the earth, country uduu shake
nyitso the day before yesterday, the day after tamorraw,
the other day' when the Nti la wan nano' hitfi.Enyfgba What were you doing (the vivu nyitso? earthquake talak place earth shook) the otherday? -135- 6
A:
. cj (nd) cook (v.) Nano ndam .Wda 4,62 I Was cooking,.And yOug M: nyA (nd).. to wash some.thing. Nyatt.mono nlinyamtNOvfny8 I was washing.My brother was no ndsreln,4s1 Enytgba la studying when theearth4uake mivu took place. A:
artgaral! cid . to enter the house dze nd game to begin something
.Etv.f to cry
.yometo little:,brother yonyemeto my little.brother '(lit., the one,.behind me)
Pao. nyA na: ardamticldm My father was :ust entering the tdtutu ha± wadze dgame. housewhen it began.My little Y6nyera3to n8 Avi tamvitt). brother was *crying very much. M: dAko expression denoting a condition of no choice; only, but. nya to wake up ATInyA n15 ale &Imo 4.3ko wanyo My baby was sleeping, but he was zi Oka. awakened at onov-:(all of a sudden).
. Dialoate..4
B: Bob Kosi B: (a)c1,4 Estnano d.Sw3mle ffasda When you were working in the ma cid, luta tdttitde nano store, wha.t were yolf.doing wawSmi exact3ry?
kpcitufkpatuiwo 'menial, all kiilds of d6 kpetufkp8tufwo menial jobs, all kinds of work MOno d5 kpdtufkpatufwo Wm. I. was doing menial jobs. B: and like INS rain gnat Like what/ K. kplà to, sweep
dzra c to arrange
nttdzadzrawo the merchandise
Mono ffsis4mO kPl6m;mono Iwas sweepingthe store, ;
rittdkadirawo dzrEmticS,kpl4H was arrangingthe -merchandise, bdbtlawdo etc. x4 pay. net to
Mtge, to you. H8 nent4 wtSno xOx4m avult How. much .were you beingpaid? katolai3 'thottoiand (francs) katokd wufeiti He was ,payi.ng mefifteenthousand xtfun nitra. trims. Notes
1. /(a)4e/ is used only to describesomeihing quite indefinite,
a person orthing 'tc whicb'no more exacitreference, isniade. The/4/is optional depending onthe flow of speech,and
-137- *: 8 xiX.
dialect; e.g. Pl. /xcacle/ la house, sbme.'housel 2./nm/the inbidel Compounds with /me/ generally express anextension of space or time: at /clevit 'child' /4evime/ t(youth)childhood' jfiase/''store' ffie6zifinet 1.the inside of the Eitorer 3.In the sterling areasigetketokd clfSka/ lone mOn6y 'bete is equivalent to% 100 pounds (1280) Comprehension .*: gst mans) c1evfm5 la; mfena j'uta.Agbe vrvi 'yeitutirt.me vita. . . Daideke' mint a c1,8yrftwd st :dent) wawtim 84.-141f4m kaiñin8 '14) vdime' la' mfenif gliwd tdm.Gba clekit dài idea aftfut 14 Tuta, ntivtnye na fu 1811, detnye na ndetm; 576 vIdzra n3 115 -d6m rinyigbd let uduu.Ny8 mtlnya nd si wd18 be metwa d.Navinyd daga 15 tsTam8 eye raferu Questions Based -on:the Comprehension .Affkir xaff -na 6,110 clavi mat.--:.
2..ApSke Etgbe.ria:J yilmitytm.82 3.r Ndkacuivfliwc:k' wawam lKidf a? Ndidt wdnawaw:5;111:115'105tr6mat 5. Nita wdria w8w5m 15 fie met t 6: mikae glia delbt? 70..'iihtka win ctivfaurcii .ne'aft anyfitba .tidttif .a. mica Karfnt5vf waygmt . -138- 9
XIX.
9. NdkR w6dadd na wawara 10. Ma v/dzXana wawana
11. Affkg Off kpld avid Su ddyft guestions for the Class
10 240a laku we, devf me dzi yeadowoyira
2. MIMI ano la wa demima2
3. Igbe vfvi y8mdyl m4a2 Ndka wEra nano la4dtma2
Ndkri wem n8no 18yatr6m82
6. NdkR w6ra ano lafiime2
7. Anyigbd ydvu dsinano clevf Mal
8. Ndcluclu kid vfvi flawd wd lewas 4avfma2
9. Efa Avi udto la devf maa2
10. Novf yometow6 18asiwee?
11. W6fAa Avi 3311t642
12. iroa 116 enuenal
13. 4roa w6 yeaclewoyfA2 Additionali2241219xx /w11/ 'better, best, more,most' (forcomparisons)
heaciewoyi/ tsamettmest 1
Unit XX The Immr21122.and the Jassive
Dialogue 1
J: John Kosi J: to pass
Affka atd()yflposa lg? Where ihauld I pass to go to the post office? K: zayi go (lit., walk andgo) a little, for awhile yee ;
nAtsd yaa are.to take mime left za yi 300 pee eye, nAts6 Go straight, (and) take thethird a etOlfa 18 wa miAme. road to your left. J: t6 stop place
MAnyd a 4t511a dze.ree bts Isntt it on the corner of.the
ld tdnd OAT third street that thebus stOps?
nazo you are.to go, gp
tV straight ndddeme right g, &yadma tdtdtd; gam)ti yi Yes, that is it exactly, then gm 0 a ene1fa 14 wd nddasfmd straight again until(youreach)
la dzi. the fourth road to your right.
to put .
etzfgbI peanut bowl Iffsi w644 aegbit 4a2 Where there ,is a peanut stand? (Lit., where they have put the
peanut bowl dawn?) 2
IOC.
jdti bY to cdti to pass by kplo cld to accompany, to follow mdmd green 6, ttaffma jiti yi; m4 sf No, pass that plaCe' and take the kpla dma 46 lde nAted, next road (lit., the road which adfdi, hdfi nadd pdsd la o. follows that one)8. straight; inyexc g& mimedde. you will reach the postoffice in a short time.It is the big green building.
viaelim do kdkeke. Good, thank you veiey much. Attica raw tsd i ajma yi Where should I gO from there aukdgi2 to get to the high school?
IC: .idtat tsd 14. posua gbd. It is .a little far from. the post Ma etmeadd la iffma bd office.Ask soMebody there so Wafid md la W. that he mayshowyouthe road. J: YM, meow do. Oa.; thadk you. IC: Akpd md14 tenclo. Not at all. NOttes 1.A jvculiarity in.Ewe is that_ we. often find arow:of verbs one after the other.The chief features of this aro that I all the verbs stand next to eaCh otherwithout being con.- nected, that all have the same tense or mood, andthat in the event of their .having a compiori subjectand.objeict, these stand with the -first, the others remaining bare.Should a conjunction stand between twoverbs, the subject andobject
must be repeated.
Imperative:/zo/, the imperative, is a commandto the In the person addressedand is expressed bythe Verb alone. plural, however, the pronounalone (mt) precedesthe plural
form.
/yi/ Igo ( sing.) t /miyi/ Igo (pl.)! .of the verb. 3. Jussive: fineltsd/ is a command to the subject It is formed byprefixing /n4/ or /nd/ to theverb. tyou.are to got
/ndyi/ the is to got /wd ndyi/ !they are to got
211111m2.2
J: John K: Kosi J: nddle4 restaurant anal, Iffka matd dyfndclurg? Please, where should I passto go to a restaurant2
kpd to see particle used to pointto
remote things
Ekp6 xa ndmu md gd? Do you see that greenbuilding?
to to'sew
ndtold tailor i, dsi game ndtola age lei? "Yes, under whidh thereis a tailor? XX. dza sp34t, turn away from
trd ttIrn
nti edid xoa gbd ld, trd yt: Yes, at. the building turn to your
wod mtame eye naza yi 300 left and go stxmight .ahead on
la md ma dzi. Akpd .nd4ur6 that road. Then..you will see
dcle le mo enelid ,re Warne. a restaurant on the cornerof the fourth street. a':. tnyo, *Ettpd nawo. Good, thank .you. K: st1- worth
144811 Elkpda.: . Not at all. (You are welcome). Dialokuela
J: John K: K9si
amedzr6dze,f6 hotel
tLe Bdnint name of a hotel. io
AffkamEltd (a)yi amedzrd- Where should I pass to go to the
dzere tLe B4nint2 tLe Belnint hotelt K: di alight, go down, come down
81 Edidi life, 45 b.os blana It is a little far; take Bus 45
;Vd gt6 eye. nitai la tAfe and alight at .the third stop.
-.4tolga. .1kp6 e la ijgowo You will see it in front of
zt dekd. you at. once.
Ildke wa1e2 (Lit., how is it2) What does it look like? 1.K: intithu Abu (Lit., you cannot g t lost) yau will not miss it XX.
Anyexogi yfe Ade, mathu It is a big white building.You
dbu a. can't miss it,
Pigagatil
J: John A: Afeto
kdto, affka mat6 (A)yt Sir, where dhauld I pass to go
Kpallme ? to Kpalime ? A: medzArda dd nu a crossroad(lit., a certain road-splitting place)
TstS danolcZdzi mti gr.. la; yi Take the big road of thehospital
30Go Intsecle6st nag() mddzerda and follow it until you come
de nu, to a crossroad. J: Le mmdzelfda nudd, affka (Lite, at the crossroad where mata? shauld I.pass?) Where do I go fram the crossroad? A: TS mime, md la atsS (Lit., pass left) Go left, the
wa yi Kpalime. road goes to Kpalime. (Lit., the road will take(carry) you
to go to KpaliMe). J: Md evelfa affka And the (second) otherroad, wdyi? where does it go? A: lAro (or godzi) in the direction
144 elvelfa yd yt Atakpame The other road goes inthe direction of Atakpame. J: Weldwa do kdkaka loo. Thank you very much. A: Yadt O.K.
-1144- xx. comaiRmagoa (Edward and Kosi)
E: Aftka matd (d)y/ futti? a yi 3jgo; natsd md ettafaldwamiame.
E: Mdnye md e;t53.1a 6 kdna rad fdtadelecis la 612 f, eyaema ptpepe. Gayi loga d4 mdeneliff le wd nddusfm8 lA de,
E: Affsia wddo azfgba 0E12
K: 8, td affma via. Msi dzd dma yome ladmita, yi dditutA.
E: Anyo dkpd kakaka. Questions Based.on the Comprehension
1. Artkra EdWard df bd ydayll
2 . . Md .ka. woats6 ddo af tug?
3. Ndkadla aetelid ardkda. ma?
4. Affka wdayi 3.8 md megb8?
5. Mika Oti woatd eyi Slit& 14?
6. Amekad do md ld nd Edward? gautions for the Class
1. Amedzrddzej4 dde 18 affsta?.
2. Aldke mAyi affm4?
3. Affka pdsda.142.
4. iflka matd dyl.niidgf62
5. Afika mate dyl kdtekd VOA?
6. Aftka matd 41(Ado) donok4dzfa?
7. Aldke madd sukd?
8. 81.nemd Adeia t:±ifsfet2
9. GA nenig md 6inemA dzeng.dem?
10. Aldke madd enema tsd aftsfat
11 11.Affka natd Ayf tembassyl.la? -145- 1
Unit XXI k22211221
Dialogue 1 .
A: Ama Bob A: Good morning. Mdnt. Be Goodmorning; how areyou? Mont,mieft nyuida2 A: the world,the weather xdxeame to.becold1 fA FinetThe weatheris again very gtXfficeama gafd4gbea wtoi cold todayS (as was the pre-
vious day(s)) (Lit., do you seesomething akpand nAma for me) we agreeon this,
I think sotoo
what (rel.) nusi happen dza Yes.We agree onthis. I do 2 saelIkpand nAml? Ny8 what happenedagain. maya ndsi gdz a. not know to make, toappear WO like, as as abd4..enL to rain dza It seams to me asif it is going iwo ndm abe tsi vfaclegale to rain 4little again. dzadzagd ens. B: the cloud alflikpo same(pl.) (a)clewo to germinate mie
-146- 2 m. There are someclouds in E, Alflikpo adgwo ladea yat Yes. Eht Let itrain, X, ngdza, mAnye aghlemenukuwo the 91cy. isntt it the cropsin the farms kag atsi nydie aat that will grawwell?' home before the Nya ya mAyiaardmahifiA2 O.K. I am going tsf4 adza egame. rain starts. B: samebody dogbe na ame to greet Please givegreetings to yad; ddgba n4argAmatawo O.K. the people of yourhouse on nam sia. my behalf. A: (Lit., they willhear it) Iwill. Wdasa.e.
NOtes adjective, as weknow There are threemain ways inwhich the
it in English, maybe expressedin Ewe. nodifier. Whenit is 1) attributively-;-thatis, as a noun immediately followsthe used attributively,the adjective
noun.
/xe clef,/ !red bird! it modifies. Note-that the adjectivefollows the noun for the same If there are oneor moreother modifiers
noun, theywill 'follow theadjec'tive:
/at:f koko la/ !the tall tree!
ittg koko acle/ fa tall tree! modifier of the noun If the nounis plural, onlythe last will take the pluralmarker:
/atf kokoadewo/ !same tall trees! 2) predicativelyas a predicate orpredicateadjective: /xe la ledz:fe/ !the bird is red! a) Note first the use of/le/ with thepredicative form of the adjective. b) Adjectives ending in/e/, such as /deg !red!,/ SEW
!strong', /wive/!important! are used bothattributive-
ly and predicatively.When they are usedattributive- ly, often a second/e/ is added, andthe /-ee/ becomes /-V; thus/dzf/, /ses5PV, /vevi/. /xe dza/ or /xe tred birdt When these forms are usedpredicatively, a further/e/ must be added: /xe la le dzre/ !the bird is red! /Oct le vevie/ ! that is important! Adjectives ending in/oe/, which for phonetic reasons changes to /ui/, also add*an/e/ to the predicative form. /kpoe/ ) /kpui/ >/kpuie/ I short! /ame kpui/ !short person? /ele kpuie/ the is short! The rest of theadjectives do not distinguishbetween the predicative and theattributive forms., 3) many English adjectives areexpressed in Ewe byverbs: /fa/ t be coolt /xexeame fa/ tthe weather is cool!
-148- MAI/ !be long! /mo la didli 'the road is longs
However, these verbs may also be made into real adjec-..
tives:
a) by reduplication
!be high! .'
/ati la ko/ !the tree is high!
/koko/ !high! (adj.
/ati koko/ shigh trees
b) by suffixing an /eit
/1170/ sbe good! /enyo/ lit is good! /nyoe/ > /nyui/ 'goods 0 /ame nyui/ !good person!
c) Verbs which are alreadya reduplication are used unchanged as adjectives:
/lolo/ sbe large, large!
/didi/ !be long, long!
1/1222.6222. A: Am B: Bob A: Kido sunshine, noon, daylight,
noon heat
1465 hard, strong
6ot 'ggbej zjdoa sgsa Oto. Oht Todaysi sUn is very bright. (lit., today's sunshine is very
strong). B: clako exactly* lust samething ma nu roast, to burn
dza fire 1 lustl seat Dako wale ameam Yes* indeedt Itts burning
abe dzo and. like fire.
fi to scorch* burn
khkelj campletely farms) Agblemendkuwo lafafiige (Lit.* the crops in the The crops will burncompletely.1 kerikerj. B: nya wash cleaner ndnyald washer* washmans
dzidzo happiness the cleanerst E, gak4 dnye ndnyalawo yaX4 Yes, but this is
dzfdzo. happiness. A: would you do2) 1114ke nahawa2 Oh, (lit.* how 2 what can one do2
du town* city dua qe a town* acity cities due. clewo same towns* same misfortune gbegbli the bad, the
nyonyo the good* happiness is same Dakewo fdgbagbli Snye (Same townst misfortune One mants dAaddwo Xd nyanyd. twnst happiness.) poison is anothermants meat.
Notes as/EV bat adds 1. /See/--11.1;., hear it--hasthe same meaning colour to the language* asis often the casein Ewe. -150- 6
XXI.
2. /alAke ndhetwa/ fwhat will you do then??
The /131/ which is placed afterthe personal pronoun and
the tense marker adds an overtoneof impossibility to the
meaning of the main verb. The implication of theexpression. /aldke nal4w6/ is that there is reallynothing that you can
do. /nuka netheidu/ !what can you eat then?? i.e.* is& t there anything that you can.eat?
DialoAue
Yawa A: Arna
7i the wind 18 exclamatory particle EgbeXe y5ya gas&WI'. The wind of today isparticularly strong. A: nyra to be dark (verb)
7.1bo black* dark (adjective)
nyro yibo to be dark completely (emphatic)
blow i sea, kpd dzime. 44.1 Yes* look at the WcylThe clouds
Alilikpoawo nyra.ylbo478 ya are completelydark* and the
hit leXoraM-idsiei wind is taowing SO hard&
mekd de ddzi. be I am sure that(lit.* I swear on itthat)
tsi water
.dza fall Oa.
-1 1- tst dzet to rain Make ad ddzi bd tsi la I am sure that it is going to
dzadzagg. rain. A: 4siatad is this the reamn why
alea like this
xd dzd to,be hot istelt44 yams xa dzo Alea. That is why the atmosphere is so hot. Y. Sg sie ma this year
tsidzadza the rain
Fg sia me i'd tsidzadza sds6 The rain of this year isvery heavy. A: re sivyima last year. Lake wano Se si v&yi le ma2 How was it last year2
gbagbe much
lOcea gbagbe so much
Fe si vgyi me la mAsesg Last year it was not somuch)
alma gbagbe . 4W7,7* A: season .
tsidzakio1i rainy season, rainy period
Tsidzalplia.daye dsitt maf Is this the rainy season then? lk, Ayae le ggame dzam. Yes, (it .is beginningalready) it has already begun.
DialoueJj
K: Kofi: ..John
-152- 8
XXI.
sd to hear
avuvo cold (a)vuvoOli the cold season la mtade in your country(place) Mese bd (a)vuvoOlida wd I heard that thecold season is sds8 le miade Oto. very hardin your country. sky, dz to fall (from the rains snow)
Isnow11, dza to snow
Ndka &lye ?snow'? What is snows 3: yie white (adjective) fd to be white(verb)
tftiti very white
14'6 flour white. It is NA yfe dde wanyg.Afdna It is samething It is like flour. tftiti otto.&a au wS very white.
end.. K: How does it fall? Nyaterda. Aldke wadzana9 Really? J: gdzina ts6 dz1m4. It falls from thedty. K: aldsi as (introducing a clause) Abd aldsi And as Ibd algsi tst dzina andA? As it rains? (in the manner of
train) J: i,(*mem, &ekeau aldsi Yes, thatts it.But as I said, megbloe elnd la, anyetot it is not water.It is like
wdnye o. 1l4 AbS 116 end. flour.
-153-- XXI. K: as for us,we onthe other mfawo yd hand
to be cool fd cool(adjective) fdfe north dzfeha (As for us, ourcold is a cool Mfawo yd mfArddvuvoa, nyd wind whichblows fromthe north) yafife si Ilonatsda dzfehd. In our ease, ourcold season
is broughtin by a coldwind
from thenorth, j: to be strong sds6 strong(adjective) sgsfe Is it astrong wind? Ya s4sTewanydng? K: No, but itis very cold. a, gake 4fina vita. J: night zg night thatit blaws wOrona, Ald 0.. Is it at Zm K: It blows dayand night. 4fana xido kpl4zi.
Notes for snow. /tsikpe/ 'hail! isused sometimes 1. The Ewe word Comprehension 1301i dvd14 Tdgo. ANevolplia Avevorpli claki kpld tsidza Le end a. Eye !snow!. ml a. mddldi AU)avuvorjoli laEuropa adzAna a.Yaftie rana tsodz14110. rifa,re avuvorjolia mld tsi gim latst t4uu dzana Tsidzkoli (1.7511. Le tsidzaljoli adzana yesfaiia. yesidyiLe tsidumolivfa me la, tsi 10 xxI. Tap_api2aLatalasttunecomx
1. AvaviSipli nenfe la Tdell T6g62 2. . Tsidzal3oli nenfe la T6go abd Yovdwodeen6a2 3. Avevholl dldina la
4. 'Snow' laT6goa? 5. Tsi dzana leT6go vtiv4o1imela2
6. Affka ya fdre Xonats6n42 m42 7. Aldke x6xeam8nana la vdvdr,loll meal 8. Tsi dzanayesidyi la tsidzaKioli Questions for theClass Amerika enda2 1. X4xeame t6tro laT6go la abd
2. ISnowl laT6goa2
3. ISnowl laAmerika? Ndka dive !snow!?
5. AvAv6 wana n6tsikp6 le dzadzamg2
6. Tsidzarjoli nenfe krikat
7. Tsidzalplinenfe laimArika?
8. Aleke x6xeame la 6gbea2
9. Avuvo lawowoma2
10.1 ljdola vuuuma:
11. X6xeame fu litia?
12.Alilikpawo 14 dzfat Unit XXII
Compound Words Causal Clauses
Dialogue l
J: John K: Kodzo J: dzrd to sell
dzrdld sellerl ts master, owner 2 arjutito (or, amutidzrala) orange-owner, orange-seller
ArjutitS nonfe Awe audti 44kg2 Orange-owner, how much is one
orange? K: lpy/3 money unit offive francs3
Eve bly8. Two bityd, two for five francs.
nu worth Dzrg bi78 eve nu n4M. Sell me two tbiyet worth. (From)
Affka audti nyd es1A2 what place is this orange? Kalim4 arAtid. It is fram Kpalime. (Lit., it is
a Kpalimeorange) . iT: Evfvi nyufea2 Is it very sweet (delicious)? K: 46 kp3 to taste f, evIvi Oto. A46e kp64.2 Yes, it is very sweet.Do you want to taste it? (Lit., would
you taste it?) , 3.: mit46e kp6. Es dvivi Yes, let me taste it. Yes, it
nyaterd. Enyo m4fle biya is really sweet. Good, I will
et5 nu. buy three tbiyet worth.
gblo to tell nd in order that, to, ifs when
.-156- 2
miatowo your fellaws, yourfriends wdanonuflgm they will always buy wdava na nu fl5m they will always come to buy4
le gbdnyd at my place, fram ma
sia emphatic exclamation
Gb134 nEt miatZwo n4 Good. Tell, your friends, so that
wdava na itioutf sizm la they will be buying oranges gbZnyesta. from me. to be afraid raelgav5 d do not be afraid(sg.)
asi clientele, customers Yap agav5 a.May6 asi O.K. Don't worry (be afraid).
ndwa. I will call customersioryou. (I will tell others of your good products so they can buy
fram you). K: inyo, akp4 kakdka. Good. Thank youverymuch.
Notes
1. /Dzrd14/ is anoun.agent. Thenounagent isformed by suffixing/3.a/to the verb-root, and it indicateshim who commits the act(s) described by the verb.With anoun
agent 'we generally find an object precedingthe verb, e.g.
/avitidzrdlet/ tan orange-sellert /nufiala/ the who teaches! When the verb is intransitive, e.g./84/ !toflee!, then
-157------ay.
3 XXII. it must be reduplicated, e.g. /st3f14/ !he who flees! 2. Compounding is a very productive process in Ewe word forma- tion.Substantivescan be formed by adding /t6/ !master, owner! to another noun, e.g.: /agble/!farm! /agble to/I f arni-ownert /alouti/!orange! /ai3utit6/ orange-owner! /afe/!house!. /ajleto/!house master! /t6,/ also expresses the belonging to a community, order, 1 place, tribe, and therefore forms patronymics, e.g. /Lometqla Lom4 man! /krIstat6/!a Christian! We would also like to point out that in Ewe there are many words which consist ofcombinations of nominals andverbals. Grammatically they functionasnouns.According to Ansre (P. 11-3 ),the following combinations of nominaland verbal components are possible: 1) nominal4- verbal Ex. /ntinitnet/ !gift! (/nu/ !thing! + /and/ - reduplicated form of /nal !give!). /filkp6kp6/ !suffering! (/fu/ !pain! + /kpekpe/- from/k/34/ !meet!). S.> 2) nominal + verbal + nominal Ex. /nufiala/ !teacher! (/nu/ !thing! + /fia/
!teach! + /la/ !agent!).
-158- /mozoti/ !walking stickt c/m4' !road! +
/zo,/ !walk! + /(a)ti/ 'tree!).
3) verbal + nominal + nominal + verbal Ex. Auametsatd/ !tarantulal (/40/ Ibitef + Ma/
!person! + /tsa/ !go about! +
/to/ !tell!). /cluamedzihlai/ !centipede! ((0/ !bite! +
/ame/ !person! + /dzi/
!heaven! + /hlui/ ! thunder
(v.)!).
4) verbal + nominal + verbal + nominal /mevimenoe/ !stinging insectl +(/ma/ !sting! /vi/ fchildt + /mA/ 'sting' +
/no-a/ !mother!).
/noarddedu/ !gossiper', also, !telephone!
(,/n6" !stay! + /afe/ !home! +
/del/ !went! + /d13/ "town!).
3. /biylf !paper bill money unit of 5 African francs".250 African francs are equivalent to 500 French francsand to an
American dollar.
/11-4/ !one franc! /wdano nu flein/ 'they will always buy!
/wdava no nu :len/ . !they will always come to buy! When two consecutive.verbs both express a future progressive
idea (they will be coming and they will bebuying), the first one is in simple future, and the second one is onlyin
future progressive.
. -159- R: Rice Owner
K: mdlu rice
Mdlutot (or Mdlu dzrdla) Rice-seller, how much is the Nenfe nyd =qut ? rice? R: clekd kpdna. Twenty-five francs a kilo. K: t5gbi kind, sort
ta to rise, to swell
Mdlu ka t5gbi enye sia? What kind of rice is it?
Etena nyuida2 Does it rise well? R: ta kpo try trsee t, Stena 4to. Flee nit ted Yes, it rises very much. Buy it
kp6. MekEtae ddzi bd nay& and try it. I am sure that you
dd Akpd ndra. will came back to thank me. K: &yo, mane kile Good, I will buy four kilos. R: yesidyi always
nd if, when
asime market-place
kpla to bring
ITC here
YoiSt Affsia ka mtnona O.K. I stay only at this place
yesiayi. Nd evd Asime navd always.When you came to the 1 kpdm ad, nakplo miatdwo market, coma over to see ma,
hi vC. bring also your fellawp along.
-.160- IC: sdse' difficult etz5 henceforth, from now on Yog tAya mesesE S. Gb Owa O.K. Mat is notdifficult. ka mfano mhu flem le Szad. From now on, we willbe buying rice only at your place.2 R: hdde go gnyo,Weldwa do.Hede nyufe. Good.Thank you. Goodbye (Lit., go well). It: Yoa.Iteagad6 e. O.K. We will meet again. Notes 1. /neivEt nitkplo/ t come bring, comeand bring'.This is another instance of the Ltanataconstruction, according towhich verbs and with them sentences mayfreely be placed next to each other without beingconnected. 2. /Gbewes mfana mdlu fle'miJ or 'From now on we willbuy rice /Miano molu flgm la Rb6w6Y from yout /1a gbdwq tat yourplace' To emphasizethe. wOrd /gbdwq we place it atthe beginning of the sentence.However, the morpheme/1e1/, which functions here as a preposition,remains at the end ofthe sentence. This construction is equivalentto English sentencessuch as tWhat subiect are you interestedin21,where the noun and the prepositionare separated. /21.A31 A:Alia Gali°wrier
-161a- XXII. A: tikdme face ka to be clear wa sgvilo it is fine (lit., itmakes fine) face of your oo, gAlfio, galfwoa,r4 vklime Ab4 gali owner, the ko nyufe Oto. 'gall' is very clear. (Owner, your galigrains lookclean).
G: Golf nyufe kanyeyd medzrdna. I sell only good'gall'. A: volume approxi- foligoia measure of matelyequivalent to an American cup in suCh a nenema in that manner, manner, in such a way How much do E, Adzemendma.Neni4 nedda Yes, it appears so.
folfgoia2 you sellthe cups G: Biya deka. Oni Ibiyel (fisve francs) a cup. Af Mattivu do4 kpda? May I taste it2 G: sure
to nit in order to
xa nA Oki:sot. Aldke Oh, sureiTake to taste ito (lit., nekp6e2 How do you likeit2 how do. you tasteits) *. A: equivalent to one btydz money unit hundredfranc's:
.-162- 8 XXII. alisi (or, esi) tal since, because, as le mfatowodame among myfriends much.I will buy Enycl nEful Klut6.Mane birt I like it very (worth). dz5 claktf.tsi gl woa onehundred francs vfvi ta, may6 asindwa le Since your!gallt is sosweet, friends know mfatowd dame. I will let my about it.(lit., I will call a marketfor you among my friends). G: much. Yog, woiseofkdka loc. Good, thank you very Hide nyuieL Good-bye. A: Vo. O.K. Notes translated ras 1./alesi ta/ is a causal clauseand may be your galiis so sweet!, orTon account ofthe sweetness of your gall'. Causal clauses areintroduced by/esi/, /alesib etc., and they endin /ta/. Whenthey precede themain clause, the particle/la/ is added after/ta/. /tsi ndcluclu min8 Apandasime a ta l,midyfAkare/ 1Since there was nofood at the Apandamarket, we went to Akafet However, the sequence/ta la,/ isfelt to bevery heavy in ipoken Ewe today, and asingle /a/ isconsidered sufficient to end a causalsertence whenit precedesthe main clause. The same sentencethen will be: -163- XXII. /Esinucluclu meno Apanda simed'ax mieyi Aktkre/ When the causal clause followsth6 main clause, it is intro- duced by /alesil,/elabe/, /elabenaf, and it ends in/ta./. Dialogue 14. Y:Yao YO:. Yam 0-aner tri Y. big, thick ida exclamation sigh aid like, so' eme inside Te sia tri loo IEme nyd Oh IThis yam is big 1,Is the yA2 inside gooci2 YO: 4me nyd rjtd.Atakparia Yes, the inside is verygood. watss. It is from Atakpame. Y: Ta ka fomevfa? What kind of yam is it? YO: Labokoe. It is tlabokol (a varietyof yam) V. 1.9 it is cle ye .....)clge it is that agb16 to bebad AhatA LAboko dwadzoa dzi Oh, yesiIt is tlabokol(yams) nambdtd. Eket 44edzi be that I like very much. Are yau milgblg cm? sure (lit., do you swear onit) that it is not bad? YO: to cut* 2, radgbiff a.bmke netkris. Yes, it is not bad.Let me cut Ekpdeg.2Erne m6gb10 a. it so that yciu may see.Do you see?: The iniide is notbad. 10 XXII. Y°: Henenre nele dazram? How much are you selling it:
AtSbledza clakEt.kplS arks n: Three (i.e., 'three yams) for a hundred and fifty francs.
Mae bfedzaat6 (nu). I will buy five hundred francs
Aleke nawoe nfim? (worth). How will you do it for me? (asking for a special
bargain).
, YO: Mawoe wufaves bedz I will sell you twelve forfive hundred francs. (Lit., I will
do it for you)..
Anyos meflee.Agbelia d, Goods I will buy it(I will take
nenid'nele gdzram2 it). What about the manioc? :How,much are you selling itfor? YD: 2ne biy4da. Four for a hundred.francs.
.dzedze to be bad (used only to describe maniocs tough
and not very tasty)
Anyo, nES mAnye agbeli dz8dz4 Goods if.it is not badmaniocs
o lasdzr/ biddz5 &VI nu sell MB three hundred francs!
.nAm., worth. YO: cid ddzi lit., to put on (pleases present me with a few)
znad dzj ndw6 kpld I will present you with, I will give yau free
Efle nd nem 331.itot O.K. Ybu bought a lotoof things
MAdd 6dziniWO kpld f4 cjOk. from me. (Lit., tor my benefit) I will give you one yamfree. a. -165- 11
XXII. Y. azU now, from now on inyo woeshd 160. Mfagaddge. Good. Thank you. We will meet again.
Additional Vocabularx Abdlamqe bakery
Abdlo bread .leaves Ama spinadh, edible green tomato, or ttm4tY tomato
sabdla onions
ayi beans
lgdzrdre meat market
Adzalg soap
sdkli sugar kdfi coffee ha pull, drag
he Asi bargain
gedewo several ammeAtagara Egbe &lye asigbe la KpglimA. Nddzralawo tscc tete v8vovowd La affma nakp6 kpl4 wd,re nddzradzrawo474 wdle wddzram laAsime. ndsiAnd si nedf la (nedi na Galf 'dzrttlawo lt, nodzrdlawo
11, Atfkutsetse kpl4bdbuawodzrdlalao h l. Wire nddzadzrawo nyd kpdna dye wdmeAlai hi O.Am gedewo yina dalleA nd lA whrovawd. affma. Koff kpla John yi bdWig aldsi-wdflena nd
-16 6.. XXII8 gblo n bgbe1i sig. j 13ktraka, 4ylaboko la, t8 mid()Itae wanyg. .John srd h b wdatenu haAsi kpld nddzrdiawodyd n ee afle nd saglaS la nddzra1a dcle sila, Ltdd ddzi nEtwa. Asiama dzadzi nd John 131/to gyata wehutarria 1:14 y4Eino mlflgm 1aftraa azo.
Sa22112112211.1112.2012&22REkaa 1. tgba dnye affkafd As1gba2
2. Affka nddzralawo ts62,
36 Ndka w6m wdla la Kpa11me2
4. Ndka na kpla 5. Nddzadzrawo nyd42
6. Amegedowo. :leanu la afima2
7. Amdkae kpla John yi asiama2
8. Ndka wätsd fig John?
9. Nyaka wagblo netsd Agbeli 3311t12
10. Ta ka fomevf. dny62 Ntt bubu kaJohn erS? 12.. Mikanddzralawo wana, nd Afle ndgadse le w6st2
13. Asiam8 dzadzi nA JohnA2
.14. .A14ke wasdet2 qUettions for the.Class
1. Afika wdflena ndia la Teg62
24 Affka wdflana nd-le le Amerik42 3. tfoteryti haa I.'.1Ardteou 1iasi ,Tgideil 5.Wka nakp3 iaEtsimet 13' xxII.
6. .4si la Tdgda
7. Wdatelou :la agbeli laArmriket2
8. AfIka thidket tsdng2
9. Asime :4ittikutsetsewo ddaxaxda2
10. ikpda dzidzo la AtIkutsetsewo0a2
11. At/kutsetsewo xaa Etsi 1Simerikal Unit XXIII.
Cohortative Dialogge 1
K: Kofi Y: Yao K: doing todayl Yao, ndkaw5m n4le igbea? Yao, what are you nine samething buy1 something at Meyina nind jaeggla fi4s4m8 I am going to afternoon. yetrd sia. the store this Legbe 02 And afterwards2 (After that?) Y: nya to know hadd a not yet
Nye indnya donit know. K: 4 to go, to dt tsa to take a walk, take a walk to
sickness c1-3
no female 2 dano sick person
ko hill
va mtdi letts go
na mft1 let's go 'let's go3 nv mSacli the inyo vamlaqi tsi yi dano- All right.Letts go to visit
kddzi. hospital. V. (Lit., we will go Playa wondka To do what? to do what?) walk there. Mae. ts4 571 ka. just to take a
-169- 2
XXIII. Y. dka which one
df to want nedf you want to nebd
vavovowo different, various Da vavovawo tArewo la kdadzi, There are various departaents
dka tdtata nebd ydAylo (sick places) at the hospital. Whlch one exactly do you want
to go tog K: kpd to cough
.kp6kpela he who coughs, hewho*has tuberculosis
Medibe rn1a ts a. yi kpdkpelawo I want to visit thetabermlosis
teSd. section.
loSo direction (of) Nenyd affsi loro wald42 Do yaa know where it is? K: v/ chlld
vfdzino the woman who gives birth vIdzinowd Se the maternity ward t,,sla vfdzinowd Sd xo megbd. Yes, it is behind the'maternity ward. Y. sick persons tny d. dano nenfe si la afm . Do you know how many
(who) arether.e' K: sagbo to be numerous
8;Ord meniS e wosogbo. No, Vat I know they are numerous.
-17 0- 3
V. Many& am dele la affraa. I know somebodythere. NyatetreS32 Really?, Y: kP6 once kplt (famm kpl6 a) with him nye 1:plimfede suka kpe. Yes, he and I went toschool (together)once.4 K: Nye pi madzesl !nurset acIS And I know a nursewho works si wfla dd affma. there. Y: NydnuvfM.2 Is it a Girl? K: novfnye nyonuld x56. Yes, she is mysisterts friend. Y: Ame ygyilwänyd 1.4 afbna? Is she new there? K: xdx.oxo long Unit), old
0, 418 a.ffmaxexoxo0 No, she has be nthere for a long time. Y: nd a when, if Layo n4 mgbo tsel fidseaMB O.K.When I come back fromthe kala m/ayl. store, we will go. K: Ye id. O.K. Notes 1. /mayfna Sles4/II an going to buy'instead or /male Slegq.In the ingressive,(i.e., intentional) /le/ may be replacedby a verb of motionsuch as /va/,/gbo/ Ito comet/yi/ Ito got. 2./no/ ?the femalet has alsothe meaning of tweak! asopposed to /atsu/ 'male,strong!.It is used in compound nouns, and it expresses thatwhich is subject to,is ruled by, or -171- L. man suffers from, ex.: /do/ tsioknesst /dono/ :sick man$ sick persont cifoetust /fq . . /ftino/ fa woraan in pregnancy, someone who has miseries, suffers of ted /rj.kuno/ 'blind man$ one who has bad eyes' /tdkano/ tdeafman$ etc.t
3. The cohortative &presses a polite command in varying degrees.The speaker includes hiuself in the command, and therefore it is in the first persan plural. - /na /ye. idyll I lett s go I /mrayi/ /nava rdayi/ . . There are some differences in the meaning of theabove expressions. /n4 mfyi/ literally means 'give that we gots and the speaker more or less asks the permission of the personhe addresses that they go.However, it is not as strong as I allow .us to. go I . /va rafyi/ literally means !come that ..we go!.The speaker now has more authority, and he urges theperson(s) spoken to to go with him.
. /mfayi/$ which is the same as the future, .is more polite and more of an invitation. -172- 5 XXIII. /nava rdayi/ :is aiso a politeinvitation s1ight34. stronger than/rafayi/... When the verb/kpb/ tto seet follows the mainverb, it may mean Isometime, ever, onc et , and in thenegative:!never, never as yet! With this meaning, ifthe main verb is in the future, then/kpo/ may or may: ncit, takethe future prefix. In all dther tenses.ofthe main verbiikpo/ remains invari-
.able. /nye 401 mieda sdka kpoil!He and I went toschool (together) once!. Inye kplf .miava .stik-11 'He a.nd.T. will go,to .school
:.(a)kpo/ (together),scimetimel Dingo!). 2 Kf:Kofi Y:. : Yao Xs:Kosi Kfi if6a, Yelo Vetmfyicla kp6 HipYao Lett s go to vi your friend. xewoet dd. . ua gate, door kp6 fence to open Enyo.. Gketme wOutIna ula? O.K.What time doilieyopen the gate (fence)?
. vicludne ab4 4.0kp14 They open it atabout five thirty. etr g. end. tu to clo se Gi. kimawdttxne ? What time do theyclose itt
-173- 6
4b4 g4 enyf end. They close it abouteight. inyo, vg. mfdzo.. O.K. Let's go. (Came let us go)
a to take (something) from another
hl. anyway Kosi, aldke newo xa kpda? Hi, Kosi. How did you cateh the tuberculosis? Es: xaleamesf to take something fram some- body, contagious, conta- .. gious disease
Ny4m4nya b4 daxoleamesf I did 'h'isat know that itis a con-
wtny4 a. tagivas disease.
D5 n8xoe 18 ame Ade sid? Is it then that youcaught it fram somebody? Ks: E, xenye Etde gb6mx6e tso4. Yes, I caught it from afriend of mine.
Aldke tututu wale ffrfA? How is it doing naw2 (i.e.. Haw does it feel, what areits
effects?). K. akdta the chest
174 .ache
14.k6ta la viy:em to. The chestis'aching a lot.
ildta koeat Only your chest(is aehing)2 Ks: glp*& .tobreathe.
n4-mAgba la aidta v4am. Yes, when I breathe, mychest ashes.
-1714-- XXIII. Ya Aldke nawo xa doEl la amea How did you manage to catchit
gbd yit? from the man anyway? Ks: -.ego to. be close xdxo already, certainly
Nd &toad dano 1311 4y8 waSo If you are close to a sick man, nd 44 33kdme awd l, axa and ha talks into yourface,
ld. you will surely getit. Y: dze ame to get better, to improve
Ale ime dzim !I/two yR? Is it getting betteranyway? Ks: ka ame to cobl doWn. gs Ala kakdm 44 Ame vie. Yas,' it is getting a little bettere Kf: daytila. gbla?' What did the dectorsayf Ks: ledtkev completely ibe alai 0 &me am khkez) He said that I would haverecov-;
la abt Diasfda, ave mai ered completely in abouttwo
weeks..
'Enyo, miagaca tsit vitkpo Good, we will come back toiee
.wd yoU.: Ks: 'rad, miawde seijd kdkaka. -0.K. Thank you verymuch.
Dialoizue 3
Y: Yao X: Komlif Y: Afika6 la vdwaa, What is the Matter withyOu, Komlg? (Li.t., what is hurting youi )
: K: fever to bother
sr g4.la fusom ngxa. I have afevei. (Lit., fever bothering me) Y. nes to*drink
ittka (or amatsi) medicine
Pino Atfke 44i? Did you. take (have you taken) anymedicine? K: kdi tAblet
: . Es'a4u'faspirint kdi eve. YeS, ItoOk twoaspirin tablets. V. Evik? Is ths..t all? IC: sogbo tobe Plenty, be enough
2, nejcostib4 4sogbó. Yes, I think that itis enough. V. anye frit It'the case, if
v4vi serious rather, hetter "-... N4nye isrl.v4vie wdny4 la mgyiIt the fever is serious, hadnit
ladzi bck da2 you better go tothe hospital? Ki 2, dayolge.gblo nam b4 Yes; it is the doctor who told ne
Mika 'aspirin'. to take aspirin.
tigbe green grass used fortea
kplt in addition Mao tfgb4 vfaclekplt.kpi.aat why donit yau take same grass tea with it for a trial? K: Nexob4 *two ndne !Ana? Do you think it will help? (Lit., do you think it will do
anything for me?) -176- 9
XXIII. Y: vo to finish
anawdavo it will give that itfinish, it will make it go
kaba fast 2, mekke ddzi b4 dna Yee, I am sure that itwill make'
wedv4 ndwd kdba. it go fast. k: O.K. I will try ito (Lit., gnyo mdno4 kpc5. . I will take it tosee).
Dialogue 4
J: John D: Doctor J: Kdfla doyold, kpdkpela ,Excuse me, doctor, how many nenid le kadde? patients with tuberculosis are there in the hospitalt D: About seven hundred. ibd alafd ddre end. j: DI wOxaa kpdkpelawokiti Are.all tuberculosispatients (Litii is. d4 k o dzfel2 hospitalized herel it that .they
in.the.hospi'412) D: E, ng lia, w4Xad wd sies, if there is roam, they take
kate cle kOddzi. !0 them all in the hospital. sT: Wkatal Why2 D: ame dame among,people
d4 ....cdti to trosfer onto
Alelb4na n4 wadame dame la-, Because if they are amongpeople,
Wadi da ame mgmlaAwd. they will transfer thedisease
kitg X. onto the other people.
-177- 10 XXIII. J: kp6 amegb6 to look after somebody Ddyold nenfe 18 affsia dkpo How many doctors arehere to look
wdgbel after them? D: NI slime 8v5. We are two. J: Nurse nenf4kpdna de mlatdt How man* nursesto help 7ou? D: Approximately twenty. ibd blive en4! J; Afika wdawo711 srOna d5a Where do they'leain the joil
la?
Bukda 18 kdadzi The schoolis.here: ia. the
xd to pay How muchdo people pai in the . Hanenfe wdxena1 8 kadzi 440 hospital each day? fe fee-- anything &ire. Wdmexeni. .ddke 18 affsfEt 6. The*do riot pay if.ya4"areiin a single room, -GElkd nd imeadd iraddéka But about five hundred xo mala, aibdalard at6 you pay .ake 0161. francs p. daT. Wheiseli thii plaie? Attka...tArd.zfEl '18a?
D: 18 .Dgogbd. It is'straight ahead.'. J: inyo, wOese vd kdkaka. Good, thank youvery.much. D: Yed,111481.1 akpd. You arewelcoie. . r- ,Additional Vocabular* moon,ionth
vide( newly born
-178- 11
222102Attralaa Danokddzi gi dde 18Lame. Al8 Tdkoe. Affma wdxoa dano
vovovowo d8. Dayold kpld nurse gddewd ii.Dayoldwo dometâa
dewo tsd Europaild Amerika;maiaewo nyd Tdgoiatio John kpld Koff
71 danokddzi 4gbeabe; yewoadd ghank Kotfx5 xdxo de si le kpe do
1dm.' Egbla ndwo hd yexada 11 ia amebdbd gbd.Dz8gbenydit84
dyf danok6dzidnumake, *eye wdna &tikes Dayold gb16 ne bd
akd de &me nt kpuiedir8 wdate bu tr6 yt awqre leyletf dakam. M8.kpdkpe1aw6.te4.m'egbd Ia. John kpld Koffdi tsa 7.1 vIdztrif
4y8 wdkpovXdzewd.:ibff kpld nursø de do dzdhaff Koff kpld ahn gAtrd dzd.': WAlicoalasecion theCampreheneion
1. Danokddzi dde la Lamea?
2. Aldke wdyo nt?
3. Dariotagbui kawodWdxaet dd affma2 Affka dayo1dwots82
5. Imekawod yi danoksIdzi dgbaa2
6. Ndkata wdyi Affmftt
7. Da kae w6x6a la 181em2
8. Aldke wdxoa da szit2
9. Ayf ktiadzi kaa2
10. Ndka Writ 18 affma2
11. Nya kae Oktagb18 nt?
12. Yekayf wdagatd 1311 yfawofef kpld Koff woyf? 13. La kpdkpelawotgrd megbd dd affka John
14.AmAka Koff fo nu ndhdfi wddz62
-179- 12
XXIII. gmations for theC1aess 1. Danokdd;;d4e 14alisia*dal
2. tr:i.ahvkadziati.
3. Kpdkpeiawo la affMtt 1i.afimti 4. litatiliti;o terd OA akpo danowold affmt/ 5. Gi anfe m4 atiquitsa yi
6. Ndkit ndWona ri d 414asr12.
7. NdkaTdgotot'ao Wariakpidtt6eir 8.tlezirifeat Ijotfilie x4 ndwd leittrumnai sfi Mat
10. Ta 14da wa m,114
11. 13otix6name 44d6xol4amesf wanydi: No
12. Kpdkpekpe 44daxo1eamesfwanydiW
..
: Unit XXIV The Conparative and Suerlative De reee of theAdiective Dialoctue 1 B:Bob K:Kosf A:Areno B: xa building, room dinu to look for something ya to rent, to let Kcal, molexo dfmb4 mAhaya. Hi, Mud, I amlookingfora room torent. Ki Hanenfe nedf biSy4eix42 How much do youwant to pay? B: Abi1kp6 dye 'end. About two thousand. K: Enio, mêny af4noce si Good, I know a lady closeby; ta44 affsia gbd$ x6 she has some good,.clean rooms.
...kokoe nyuidetowole deli, B: mfyt. Let's go .. . Do youhave eifeCni.Xo Ike laisfwo Good morning, madam. *you nahlyel a room torent/(Lit. would rent) A. dzi ups high dzOcf sky dzkroxo building with several stories 2, Ik l &pod 41? Yea, there is one;would you like Eli dzfirdxo'evdlii tosee it?, It is ontlie second, floor:
181- 2
XXIV. A: mikpUl - chaii isia. Xd nyu/e wdonyd kplg This one. It is'a nice room with
zfkpui nyuiewo. good Chairs. B: little, small
to be big (verb), big(adj.) 1 bigger than isoe otto.$ bubu add le Asfmc It is yeryamallVdo'you.have
si lolo wd esig? any bigger thanthis one? A. vd to be free (vèrb) , empty
vdvo free (adj;)
Dekit lt lolo wd dsfg. akS There is.a bigger one. But there
..ame le&me. Nd atdvi lala is a man in it. If.you can
ld, dmê dvd etso. wait, it will be free tomorrow. B: Anyo, mavEt etso. O.K. I will cometoMoricw. A: la dame. among ? in theiniidst.
Anyo mekelde dzi:b6.4ma Good, I am sure thati.ou will
ddze olwo Eyae nydwu like that one. It is bigger 7 dye we. lolo_wd le.ny5 xowd- (lit., the one which is bigger)
kettl dame. and better among,all my rooms, r. i.e.,it is the biggest and 2 the best.
..Notes
1. The comparative of adjectivep.is expressed14y.the'verb /w4/ Ito surpass' following the adjective.
/xosia lolo wd dma/ !this roam is bigger than that
one' 3 may. /diva nd wen/ Ihe knows more thah ries /wd/ .is arso used without an.object's. /Gelid lolowq: Ithis is bigginir. Jr ; 2. The superlative. of adjectives is alsoexpressée* /wd/ with the addition ofan expressionMe wd/ iheaning lof qll of them?, 'Amongant, etc, /47eie hyd wit dye wd s it is the be'st.and bigge:st Iola' wd ie ny3 among all my r001U81 xowd kettif .ddine/ Equality* is ..expressed bl/dbe 4neii IA3 , e.g. /fadlo tbe.t. lea dne/ I it is as large...als 'that one s Dialogue 2 :. Bob .Aireno B: Alek8EV 4nd, xo. ^iolowd How is it,madait, the bigger la veal room(lit.;, the room which is big) .emptit A. te, 4v8.Idate'vx.'ayt Wb_clin go to akpoe fffia. see it. now. . tb a t bed, g, 6sfet,lolowl, &tat abatis Yes, this is bigger,dbut the bed kirsuie ittra is.tOo .shOist...fâr mer A: - ..sa t4. tail, to' 'be - nya word Mid kuiè kpa.â.ladtsti. No, it. isnbtUso.:41511.0rtoThe !' t sr naaftsta:tsi lit k5 wii man who washeremfore was wa Old m8gblo ny& cleke d. taller than yinCbutsaid nothing. 485- .4
in additiOn to bhair,in this Zflcpdi 4.akg kadla xoa xii, There is only one ittku natblibumkpd cid esia roomsCould you give me one this one)? Tdeat more(in .addi tion:, to A: ts6 to take ts6 ve to bring along, one more. -metts6 ii4kd b.bumvd awe,. Yes,' I will-.bring you ;bobo sOft Asi léswâ bobo wd.4sfet? Do .you".have a-softer one? sg nth ttkpa. This one7is toohard for mB. tlek4. just one, only one the table kp1 5 . dress, apparele to. awu c lo th, 'dzrad,6 to 'keep awudzragte s. the closet Do 6, w6katit clektte.c .1cpl4 No, they areall the same. the table ahd.the kpliawudzradjeadz you like 33uwea2 closet? la.tsi to take ashower, to bathe .,tailefe bathropm - la...awudzragrea They are gooct..Thergv,.is lots of nyd1.0 .n& ,ny5;,n4wo.: Affka room inthe closet,for my tsilefda len .thingS.Where ifir thebathroom? rtght. -43.1sfma. The. seconddoor to your -dtd *toise-hot dz6dt& .'hôt (adj.) §47 5 =V. to be cold fad -cold (adj..) Kpld tsidzddze kpl6 tid2. With hot and cold water2 Le Tdgo iiihitsidzddz6 d. In Togo you do not need hot
Vettere Dialofinue ,3
B.: .._Bob Afeno B: :fa to .gather, collect fa,ft..vet to move Medi. be ygtfa nye ndwo v I want to move my things into xpame:.4gbea the room today.. Ter(i afisia) here 8, feta, *la= fowd vgbea. Oh, sure, you can move them here poday. B: So nu. to: ..?p,.7 .soirtxtin., to speak tsc5 ntiti about Meg be,-!mii.r.o,nu..3,4 Asia I would like to talk about the
ti ' price. A: The room i a three and a AllYek4.00. &ye=, tikpi ate O.K. half thousand. 404 afg. B # I can only. pay.two:. thousand. 1174 Ove A. Ads nykm.14enil, hity,itixosp No, I cannot 'rent this room tor,
f two thousand. A.t H6nenfe nAtekr4= How much can you., take?. A. ettku_34.4111-..p4 cif you can pay three thousaids - . take it F) 011/4. °e'fb . ,.= .
,V1N 6
XXIV. B: mine rented an apart- A nye ticle h4ya xo 4denyd -A friend of than this wd s kpd die kpid ment (room) better one for two.and a. halfthousarid. A: in the range apartment here 6,xo4deke mdla affslanydwu No* there is no which costs (Sei h6x6 ikpd evekpld better than this and a d. La akpd et5 fd =46 (lit., and tdkes) two In .the range of dame 14 dslitenydwu. half thousand. apartmentsof three thousand
thid one is:the befit.
This roam is alittle expensive* Xosf4 xalsi viegakd matsoe. but I will tdke it:
Dialogue L.
J: John A: Afeno J: affka matdnu dund Excuse me(please), where can I
la? eat? A: Englidh k6na aorner (fram the vicinity,neighborhood
) 4 , farther lagogbe ahead, further, the Nddurd Adetla kdnamela 'mfaxa, There is a restaUrant on corner near us*and another one 4 y8 bdbuhi la tgogb4 yid. alittle further.' J: expensive? Akadxoasi410.1 Which one issiore datst stew,:soup bea mfagbo 14 xo asiwd The one near usis 'more expensive,
5 gake weendaudui nydwu. but they havebetterifood. good stew. Ikpo datsf nydie la affma.. There you can find -186- my. nyi to.wash Where can I wash my Wodsiou.Affka mAtdou nyi Thank you. (i.e., clothes) nyS ndwo 18. things/ A. for you. Mateod nyawd ndwd. I can wash them
xofe rent ikema nsnfd anyd nydxofdif Thenhow much is my.rent fowl A: francsa Abd alafd atd (enf)yletf About .five hundred Olaf. month. J: Good,At will bebetterfor me.' gnyos dnyonetm wd.
Additional Vocabulary
enuenu often often, most ofthe time, ddziddzi frequently
bobo easily, soft Coxprehension Affsiafi ko nikpd Xo kpdkpola Ldme m6ses5a. GAkd minye wd l lyeTdkoe. /Cowl xm 18boboed.last nikpde iA boboe idtdi vid tsd LQMO Jettttngb6, bd 46affma..wiitelf6 bdbuawd. ibd,ikpdatdone dldbe =46 nydkpdfna 14 afimawit. At4ou kpd z8 domez,la, dx6 ibd sake nA edibd wdalolonydie 4y6 ndeian4,ndn0 kpld dtowd npa =same, ikpdAdri tsd yt. Yeaddwoyi la zikpdf 0. Xohdyala odtoe gakeime skewom4tle/21a ndwo dda xoawo me anyf ndArdametowo flea dre ndwo.Anudnu la tsilted 8ve noa kiti; 4k ni nydnuawd, eyeOkd nd outsdAwd. 8 MCIV uestions Based 'on the Comrehension : Xo kp6kp6 la L8me 843512 2.Atha xo kp31Po baio 12.
. 4 3 Mikata x6'. ki;Skpobab;--1.a ,a,.finia vet? Iftenie ruburni xa dam Zkui kpld 'et6vi6'nati xoameddzieaiia2 4. Ara6kad118a ndwd dda xoame ddziedztt Y. 4 7. Tsilete5 nenfe*Ii net elf6ai4p,t6wokiith 8.kilefi18 Ciatikicie 4 1. . Questions..for'-the Clatis qt.!) . 1. Affka nanona.Fcifowa :dm 3.60id xohdya m6a2 4 4 2.t ^.14nenfe naxtina iö .waa? *4 3 Xo kp6Irpo tio la'el.fisiti2
14- Afficaxoki;iipo'18 ba.boe mei,le Lome j*6 ttin loi4 itadi
18 tftind gbda2 Sn. . 4. * 14 . Z±kiiiIi.kpit staling noeXp&a4.i6 &IBM ; Nr I. : . 6. * Xowoa lolowd; xosigg A . .44 .#4.r. . - 4# 7. Xowea 16, istikU gbdi2 . 4 .,- .- 4. 8.Iti4u,re'lia4 cic'Entala gWu ?'
4% - 4. , . 9. Nd4uJe ka4 lddisbnav
!t4 k 11 4L. 44 1007';` Nticluire kag nyd vn.t 18.clitimet tio 4. . r :. . 3 OH
4. ' . ,e3 , ; " .4 1,
; UnitXXV
Verbal Nowle VerbalAdiectives and Their Negation
Dialogue 1
J: John Koff 71: YEto
J': to kill
MI 18 wuyem I am hurigry
pdtra the party (from theEnglish)
dd nd to eat samething
ridCladu the eating, thefoOdl % ndrindumadu non-eating, not having 2 eaten,withOut eating , k Da la wuyea 231to. Nyamateuu I am very hungry.I cannot go
yi pitTaridaciumadAll. to :the partywithout eating. Enyd tafd nyufe dde middu Doyou h.now-agot:id place to
nd 18a2 eats(at)i K: 2,MAnyA rid4Vd nyufe dcle Yes, I know.a,good place, but it gike dedi vfe. is a littleiar.
hra to need
mdhra o it has no need:, it doesnot matter
zo azoli to walk
Azoii ztzo the walking
Mdhra kdra a.AzOli Ozo It does not matter.I like
dzdddzi ndit. walking. r (a meal) da to cook, to prepare They Wyone be ITarzant. Iddclanet. It is called ITarzant.
nd nyuid cdto. prepare verygood food(there). -189- 2
1 MCV 3. to employ., 'use_ .C.DUdol . . mgvdmgvd not rotten,kleulspoiled_ (i.e.,fresli)3t Wdwonet lg v6vo .01d6 laaffma 'Do they usespoiled.meatlike place we ate Elba elffsA 14edaatst andel? they did at the yesterday? K: op lg mgvcfmavd ka video No , they useonly unspoiled wdwona la .!Tarzant meat at I Tarzanl only Togolese '1? cluw owcS dzrdnet Do they have food there? la affillal. W. the price is nott easy, . asi la mdbabo. it is .not cheap Anyd wd la affma.2 Dp you _knowthem there? - Yes, Ihave been theretwice. to made affma z,f ave. I. k O.K._Let! Any() ,..za mfyf. . . .t 1. 2 . I. t ft? yaa, ndkad laAstwat Yao, what do youhave? j. : ' . .0 si nedi ka las Anything you wantat all we will mfaa netwd prelpare for. yotio L. K: Ifufut fafu ; John, would youeat starlit? John, etclurafts..? . J': to be light ,
.dza to fall dz5 dm5 to get digested 4 - . Aaciza..6m5 nyufei.? Is itlightl and will itdigest t (easily) " .,
k
0 3 XV. Y: kdra d not at all kpd.. to be heavy. mdkpe kOra d. Yes, it is not heavy atall. K: gnyo mfadometo cldsfiae etx3 O.K.Each of us (Lit., every fu kpcIna cldkdkpld 11 one ofus) will take 25 francs 25 francs 4dlla Oka. worth of fufu and worth of meat. V. sagbe to be ready fffila right away Asagbe ffr,i1a. It will b.e readyright away. Notes 1. The verbal noun isformed by reduplicationofthe verb form,
8 intransitive Ito go! !the act of going! transi tive dp/ Ito work! /dcwowo/ !the act of working! /clAndi Ito eat! (also, /n4clAc3.u/ !the act.of eating! !the food!) The verbal noun .isused asasubstantive.In constructions where anotheR substantiveis used with a verbal nounwe should ,distinsuish twotypes:. a. theverbal noun with asubject possessiver b. the verbal nounwith an object possessive 14r
seliiraied rrbm, the verbal The subject'possessiveis always nounby' the pbssessiveparticle /XV, e.g. lone love ormiriiite'sitho /ame4 lciltSt I. 11 love ;hi.chMA haat Precedes The ob Jacpo seesói veonthe 'to iher' 1814,Ddirec withr 'it,- e.g. theverbill noun', andit forms aword unit' . famelolg 'the lovetowards a mant meaning of anab-, The vitsba3:noirn is oftenused with the , strato t sub stanti-ve, ,re .g. td *wane to rover ** /zozo/ twalkt /lag lo ve
4 . .- ' Negative Of *Verbalnounis ridgdtive particle To form thenegative of averbal noun,the .. 1 this combina- 1 /ns/ is added in frontofthevi4b'form, and r, .., i tionii thenreduplicated; e:g: , /wo/ etodo t e , t, :: ,., . :1 /wo4 'the actof doing! 1: 1. not doing! /mal:orgaWat *'t the act of ttacit. eatt /nticludu/ !the act ofeating' hidrttunacW '-htthe aCi*Ofndieating, without -r1-011 !.;4 r e du plio a - If the verbidea is4iormed 1Ô i4 fa te b - - r /ros/ tiOri &els not take'plexceand thenegaravé 'particle s usedonly once, e.g.: /xo nye dzfse/ !to believe insomething! in something' /nya dzf maxose/ !the lack of belief formid by reduplicationof the verb( 3. The verbaladjective is form. API ! to eat! !edible! /4Xi44/ two/ Ito do!
/wow5/ !done! adjective is formedin the same The negativeof the verbal If the verb is way as thenegative of theverbal noun. reduplicat- followed by anobject or anotherverb, it is nest ad,and the negative/ma/ is used only once. /15 ame/ Ito like a person!
/time leame/ la likeable.perso.nt disagreeable /ame mal5ame/ !an unlikeable, person!,
The vimbal adjectives areused onlyattributively.
Pialogue 2 Yao J: John Kofi
.7: teko thirst tako 16wuyAm I am thirsty thirsty.. Whatshall we 'Tana 16 wuygm.Ndka mfandt I am drink? K: !wine! wine
!beer beer
kofi coffee 4-193- nano thinkable. They;.have wine, beer,and coffee, , -Wine, beer kplek6ft 13 wSsi, 00 weetteer.indnye .1),ut -.their beer .isundri.nkable.i nano a. J. Wine kg. t5gbutela Netted? What kind of winedo they have: tsi to be 'old tsitsi old (adj.). . . unaged mittsimatsi ... t . They 'have somegood unagedFrenolii : P4E4 .wine ityuiematsimatei ' 44:10111wdei., :F We'wt11$4ri#k,10.ne and aq.a.wine kg4 Idft. . Oh, laptax-kigitriggiitt6, co.ffee after. the...dinner. mid:gaud nyeest. here ia thirlood., . mekriti i not .yet -ritlyt1,1rie4 sSi kp6 I have. not tastedit yet, but 7 be ddzadzi neat. I know that Iwill like it. 46 to send.
clodam : to send to me , :-pass me tso clociam ;. dz3a the salt itetdia the 'red pepper 3, thered To4 dz3a. kpldEltddia ci,d4arl. Pass me the saltand 1 4 , ) T pepper. to be hot V9 t I Epd nyuieAtetdia ve ;luta. ititohout (lit., lookwell). The pepper is veryhot. metal with holes gap.a. .tork tsf spoon the spoon gItsii We are missing(lit.,.we need) Mfehiff ddlcd. AlEtku Can I use thespoon: we gdtstavdddelf a fork. K: Yeo, bring us one.for:.1 ak, Ya, tsd elfldOki No. 044 mf J: very tasty.(lit., Ndcludua vfvi Ott)40 wine The food is sweet), and the wine,is very ld.hd nyd Oto.
good., . K: Would you ts4e alittle morel .4gaxgh.ndn442 J: I do not wantto get fat. 0, nydmidi be milaloa. No. K:, fattening(Lit., it lalona o. It is not Mina. does not peopletofitien). IT to owe
Yao, how muchdo we oweyoUli' Ylo,händntd mi4l jd 1462 Fifty francseach. Bty4 t!Wd, Am,4alcd. J: it x$ (fromxe4) Pay we both,both of ui mfamd,dvea kdtE times
(it) for both ofU13.1 maxa n ratamaevea I will pay by two nskes one Wye Owdterd eve,4'4 blyd Fifty francs Here it ie. dz 4k4.Ayad ny4 isf. hundred francs.
-195- m. Notes byineins of/tety, 1. Themultiplicative numerals are expressed e.g./eve tet6 etff/ !twoto three places,1.4eii two times = three'.
% 12L.s2.2.0L2 "*. e e T fjObn IC: Koff. J': friw kpd to 'baste. vior I would l.ketotaseesonie. good 1;140ii,ll no.t nyuie Etae k.po,tcsi mixa Togolese food. . 4 ii443enio. .know lik'Pir 61 fnyt teftkeI. 4, 4 4 r a place .wei4r ccplurd106 . midyla? V. Yes, there isa..good.. placein- 2, tf nrate 1 .t 14ther#0'.theriAll '.tiam: afflinfcizrana* the market . . .
OF.
, 4
p. rt. r U. .o Ne tolihke*-4),i: : .i;t10 WO
4 . . (lite., to. take:to ,make). litkp151.!ifiat is. it NtikR 6nye Nita wdtso. What is -N., . wanel . category, type,volley, ; . et .
I poptIkar. . -bo t.1 common, corn,maize. . bl r - *. * noti
t... ! r -. ;St"' rn bifIrto A t-) LI ea ,* itOieties ..of . .1kpit, harik . , . bgwokplis takplet .the.,.most comon , Ast,,b4Tua .6nye akplel.. - one 74 scorn-flour XXV. about yotirstew. MAse w5 detsfa4ko. NdkE I have heard What is it madeOil netsd'wele2 K: river, lake
th'e inside 6f 'the'river, tome fish
1R meat' fish, wateranimal akpa,(toment) blood int animal, meat,blood animal, 111, (1,1116) meat of a bloodanimal
gina spinach, anyedible green leaf There are also manykinds of Detst vavovowo hglt: fieh:stew or meat stew, (tamel)kpadelts:f Ald stew: stew and others. (utt)lit datsf 41dRmadatsi or spinach But lettsgOto try some kpli taWcf. vara'tt akpli lakplal withstew. I amsure kpl4 delts1 kpd,mftdde 4dzi like it. be'Rdza Owb. that you will J: andha:ie 10 Enyonaratadd kp1blya 0 Z. Let I§ go francs -oflakplat each. eva netiMe dAkits,
1galasat.4 Y:Yawa If: John Kofi X: first gbito first time I-camehere gbit3 mfti affsia, lama, the I likedyour.lakpl5l verymuch, .ikpldwaa dzaOnyel Ott), and so I havebrought my friend 4yata mekploxenyga vi. along. XXV. havo meat? Anyo Miaxo Very isood..i Will you E*.dzrl.kpciiia. 44 a Yes, bringbiiirityt4ye4ranca raf Arne eve0.ITo4n, Elkplda worth for both of us.John, dz.3311wo. 1. .aer.41 do you likethe,..lakplat here? IT : td 'yaw to bedifferent Eto veivo rjetto eyd wanyd ulto. It is verydifferent and very good.. It: lgittzvaOtt Will you have somemore? 3: to cut big much (adverb). to be satisfiedwith food* to' have. had, ono!still
wc510 ndmigi.de pito. Noy.tkey-- gaveus:a.lots:I am
M8cli full. YOE hgnenle awe2 Yawa, hOWmuckdo..-we-..owe you ? kpi to'add tet5 -kpd( de) take add ono:i.e.*, plus tbiyei) worth pLblye aye ime delkft*i Ten fra4o.s, of takp15!.7 each one.makes .4w15.- biky0. axle naidame, Svea, tap kpd cld 1/1kpdno, dwa twenty francs forboth of you, bi'ya aria twentrlive franca,cor the meat makesforty-five francs .altogether. . as .4.W5 ridliclua nyc Here itis: Your food wato very back. = vdto Mfagatr6 -vg Aft sfa .good. lie will come -198- 11
XXV. J: Are we goingto give her a i Mfana g& vfa 488&2 little money(i.e.,arehl.t we goingto leave atip)'4
Nos we donot give moneyliars. a, miena na get 14 (i.e., we do nottiV here). affsia 8.
Commiehension dfm nile Ia.Atftu Le Togo lasatecu kpdnddalu 46sfa45 si Net ale yilvd.ratilkbi eln la 431akplê,ftlfukplimid is isime. 8134 y6d4aatkpld la,* nddAr4 nyufddiewo lf sfnakpd boboeit.Nd blfwd kp14.Pafuhi &kplel vdvovowdIf. Asi b wd ld 4nye ftlfus'kpl4 tawd. lf hmalma; athukp6 ttafus &laagbeli kpl4 fafua.Atha kpd akpa Deltsf v8vovowdhi 1±wdtso dana nyd Rma ditsT'Aid 11mdmadata. d4te ild 11Mite. Diltsfa atilvu
kpd 16 Tdgeil 1. Nddadukit St5inevfnithu affma? 2. atduu kpoy8vd nddadula baba 6ve2 3. NdkRwd dnyeTdgo naddda
44 Ndka &nyefikpl8? 5. NdkR 4nyefdfu?
6. Akpl4kit fenievfbtivd? Ovovowd lfa? 7. Dêtsf hibud
8. NdkR wdtso wanadftsf? Questions forthe Class
1. tdu Tdgo nddudu kpoa?
2. Edu aka dEtsfal
3. gdu 11 detsf?
-194- xxv. 1.
4. LadeterOimerika miduclu 14181)74112. -5. Atku kp Vdia ndclaclu18.Amerika? 6.Atku kp6 Prase miailau leAmerikit? 7.Prise twiner dzaadzi 8. tWinet. tartsi 416 twine!mataimatsie dzaadg7nalwo0 9. Mika nanona 1ndcliVe? 10.anenfe *netzEi.".nd gbd delcitt' t,;- .
.11..4440.titozttnif *eke rillmegiviacitut2 t12.Ndkor &lyeIMerika micludul361f4td? .. Ndka tso 346`riell Ilea() n, tU tepg 8ne./ ,, , `Nenief'413 tete 81742 herife i tdolla*t clelta me?
41.
P.
4.
-200- 1
Unit XXVI The Conditional Dialvue 1 SA:Sewa Ama S:Senya A. to buy
itwu dress, shirt (or amanta clothes) (any form of non- indigenous clothing that has already been sewninto its required form) 3;idi naw8, Senya, =Wei milyi Good morning,Ser4a, won't you ffitse m8 ad?Medi be 'Mijad come that we may goto the awua clewo store?I want to buy some dresses.(Lit., I want 'that I will buy somedresses): S. N4 get la asinye la, nye If I have money, Ialso will buy hit mane d,ewo. some A: mami and (or probably Madam). IMElmil is the general name used *for the Ghana women actively involved in trading. avo cloth fa debt (or price oncommodity) gbebubugbegbebugbe) another day, another time
-201- 2 XXVI. have' the moneyeither. Ga male nyehE si o.Mese I dont t be maid adzra avoawonawa I heard thatmati.11M. 'sell aoth, 'and yoUlwill eye naxefea gbebubugbe.' you the pay thedebt some otherday (another time). 3: (come we go to Mena va xuyiclakpo aidcbt. Then let us go In, whieh P.iase %a mewale? see) to see =mi. store is she? *. A: market (the openmarket) . asi the (open) le asia xala: ,The one beside t market. , .41 name? Ehmivko clef What is Maid is ' A. Mrs. (Madam)Yaws Sews. .Afeno Yawa .3ewa. Enya via Senyoa? Do you knowthe son Senyo? .4 chief I. dufia . , . , nye ctewa isthat he he went(IS .*.enye clewoyl. is not that gone)
4 Z.. 4 I "A. .i.11-1.4e If he had not goneto America, Ne mergecli; wciyiAmerika." o ". r. . .1, ., , , - chief. la, anye ne eyaeenyerAre he would havebecome our , . dufiafiria. enstooled2a chigf Eya tellee waleIfia*5 Om fiat).Nyav5 is being as asubstitute.(It is at they are en- his .place that, stooling Nyav5 asthe chief).
_-202- 3 1XVI. S. lgkle leopard dzogolo civet-cat not at; Lgkle mole are 0 dzogolo (If/when) the leopard ia civet-cat du fia. home, (then) the becomes king.
Notes idea' 1. The conditionalsentence in Ewe isused to express an which has not happened.Either it is unreal,that-is, is; contrary to fact.andcannot happen, orit.is real, that
there is a possibilitythat it may happenbut has not
happened.yet. The conditional sentenceconsists of two clauses: the The first clause,is the condition,and the second is result or consequenceof the result. The conditional clause is_introduced by /ne/ tif, whent and endswith the inenye/ Re/ .particle/la/9 The result clausebegins with/ekema/ ther41.
The use of this wordis optional, andit,is'often omitted. /Ne ga le asinye la tIf I hayeMoney, then I Os . ekema mgfle clewq will buy some! /Ne ga le asinye la, 'If I have money,I- will marleAgwa/ buy somet
PlAny proverbs arenormally in theconditiohil, althaugh tha Coritrast: /no9..ekema etct( are often omitted: /Lakle mele area o, 'The leotard is not athome,
dzogple du fia/ the civet-catbecomes kingt
-203- /Ne lakle prole ajlea 'When (if) the 'leopard is o, ekema dzogolo not at hinre .(present), dua filar then' the civetnadaiLbecomegi king (1ord)1 t.' When the conditional is used, there are three possible .
combinations of verb tenses: * * OesTiftit /NOga le asinye 41a, map.e cliewo/ iIf haNha money; i will buy some, fut-fut./Ne ga ano as1ne Ia, ekmá marle crew/ tIf r will have the 'money, Iwf U. bUy some! past-fut.perf /Ne ga no asinte ne nye hiI metle 01;6/ Lrie' inetie clew27 !If I4had the`money I would have boughi dome (it ztll be that I ...) thit I )1 2. The power of the chief (king) .rests in the stool (throne), , which links his powias with that of the sods and ancestors. During the cOronation, the chief (king) is not presented with 'a crown as in Westbrn traditiOn.(The crown is only a inatter of. dcor).*The*chief is held *and thrice seated 'and raised frOinl the StOoi.(The.*siool is .toosmall to sit on). 'Thie ritual is the heart of the enstoolingceremony. To' deStool the chief':(i.e., remove him front liowiir),. he is seated' 644. the, stoOl, and then the stOol iretdved fiiam
undeis ;0"-
-20 5
XXVI.
+6 Dialogue 2 Senya SA: Sewa A: Ana S: SA: to help, toassist .kpede to help(someone or kpecle ou s'amething)
shall I Ina shall I help nakpeole morning,Ima, shall I 4Idi and, Amasakpede mtaoda Good (could help you(pl.)? Good morning,Madame Sawa;this )01dis areno Sewa,esiae is myfriend4Unma.. nye actinyeAfua. for a clothto Miele avo dim We are looking buy. to to sew one who sews,dressmdker, ndtBld tailor specifically means sewerof awutold apparel; dressmaker,
tailor to get; to takefrom XO beautiful dresses. Awu nyufeaddwo la i$ inya. I have same the dressmaker Mexo wd tsondtola gbo etsa. I got themfrom yesterday. S: boo rather to measure upto, to be SO equal., to fit
-205- 6
XXVI. Ne avowd 18asfw8 If you have the4101,04 .ws would
1)Lf8r15 wd bav. rather buy them.
Mfata mfare ftwaWd be wdaso We will make(sew): our dresses
A so that theywould fit UA well. mf nyuie. . t. want? Avo ka tZgbuidfm :dale? What type of cloth do you, mdmd' green
Ny8 anya tiltutu O. Nd avo I am not sure. (Lit., I dohlt
raid le astwdlit, &emit know exactly.) If you have °let go. .4 m1t8 &Wu mdite. green cloth,then I will make ' (sew) a green dress.
A. t 411. the fiadOdd enstooling (n.), i.e.,
%. crowning of a chief or
A . king ceremonial day; vkeke nyu e I. a good day, a any public ,arreligious,
; etc., holiday (e.g.,
Christmas, Independence
.: . Day, etc.).The reasoning
is that such dayscoincide
with good days only. On days considaredevil,the t ". African:will not perform'
; any rites orceremonies.
yie white . .N4 mfelefiaade.vkeke If we are going tothe enstooling : ceremonies, then it wouldbe nyuie ma yim, la; ekema anyo ne 'dens) avoyfe bov. betterif we buy white cloths. -206- 7
XXVI. .... S. kente kenta (the!Ghanaian nation- a). cloth)1.., . Isentevowo kente-clo ths to wear ta . .. . We will wear our,Kente cloths. MfatEl mf,afe kentevowo. 4. much more Wdadd mgada wu awuwo. They will become us than dresses.(i.e., they will look better on us.than dresses,
,or we -willlook betterin theni than we would, indresses). liglo_gue 3
, .:Senya A: Ama 8: A. ard (that you give) , to let thank you verymuch. Afeno Sewa,waewo do kekeke. Madame Sewa, cloths come in, Ne avo .yeyowoa kola,, If (when) new (As nita mfanyg kaba. 2.et us know3:mme4ately.
soon as newcloths4 come in, inform usimmediattely).. s 1. 4 , , S: (necessarl) that 41111:44 it is must go, 4l5b4 mdyi I have to go$,,I. 1. ought. to go cloths, .ieIrzed. ayo, Ayuiewola, If we wantgood, quality to a big ekema 415b6mfayf. flasegg then we have to go st4re .141 : ma la d.,ugg xad. A.
, 4-, . ,to permit, ..togrant per- ni146 -- ...... mitssion tp,(,)4,t.,, to give ... i", . way) .. e.. ,..,r., * .1Q07- 8 XXVI. tie riiiit;on0162$*mgayi If Mr. So-and-So-(iiefèrring to KpalimesicitSie gemlegagbe. the husband) permits me, we will go to the'ltgalime market on Saturday.
r
, -rodtwei'az re-J *; Me r Adko pc)* only Abitó.Mlóátokpá4io ha That would be good..1 need to " dimb4 itatle makpo buy a pair of shoes also.If deka .pe: only I could get a pair here afo nam that wouldfitiiti...(She siolneritizie Ut A. . to mourn ( tonbvii;:7-inournful),
' ;tb'Vtaiisiy 61364 Eilióttly'. Mtifka Mimilectar ibina 'Don't be edVaaiuiday will , soon be heroes Do you havo something(anything) to sell in the1,*.e2Wett 8: jp:';.-I rice r to be .unfortunate every- thingThelitgCv4iiti:ktitrolig with*
c c
. mon I have "'of tome rice. Neiti znaegoe dzra If I shouldbe*thfOrtunate$ I
kfikCiaA4 44'hifi* tro vasire. willsell it and buy something to eat before returninghome. --208- 9
XXVI. Notes obligation in amanner otherthan 1.Tol exPressnecessity or (necessary) thattplus a.comand one uses/elebef fit is the subjectand futuretense ofthe verb got /elebe mayi/ II must go,I ought to ought to got /elebe nayi/ tyou must go, you he (she, /elebe wsiayi/ the (she,it) must go, it) ought to go felebe rolayif Twe oughtto got /elebe ratayi/ 'you ought togo! /elebe wdayi/ !they oughtto go'. ,Dialogue' Sewa Ama S: *Senya SA: A. dzrdla seller avodzrala cloth-seller is Mardcloth-seller, howmuch Mare Avodzrdla,nenid nye avo sia2 this cloth? SA: Ghanaian unii of money ctSdi Onecedi (1A1'41.40) 100p = pdsewa yard abo .0ne and ahalf cocas(a yard). C&tclaktt kple (abo deka).* buyit, t will give N. girleela,ma.is68 raw If you will
If y 'W it to yauat one and aquarter kple pdsviablava " . oecli46ka .1 oedis'(oneeedi and 25'peiewas vaAte.
.-209- 10
XXVI. A. isi market, price a bargain(approx. trans- lates Ithatls a price')
. It is a term to begin the bargaining process; or if
said daring bargaining, simply means that we have
not yet despaired; bar-
gaining is still in good
on it, oh top ofit
to take fram, sup:traet
take fram on top*of4t.t.(in bargaining, reduce the
price).
=Aga o do not
=Alga oa2 did yoU not , maga oal will you not ...I Ast0 agade la 4dzi oa2 A bargain, wonft you reducethe price? (It is the polite way to make the request inbargain-
ing). - du agba go bankrupt, toundersell, de. to realize no profit
1 Ni mede la4dzi lamitt If I reduce the price, I will go
igba. bankrupt. 13.
1CCVI. Avo sia j'S mdmato 18asiwcIal Do you have the green(one) of this cloth? (Do you have this
cloth in green?) SA: makpd I will see one(I will obtain one)
nAmlai last Medzrd mAnlad (pronounced I sold the last onethis nor:ling. anVor written namle)
Of silt. the eve- Ne alala vasiddfiino la, If you would wait until nakpo de n4wd. ning, I will(could) obtain one for you. (pair of shoes) Ifokpa sia4 di'm'mdle. This is the Shoe for which / am looking.
Ndn$6 wdx,o2 How much does it cost? SA: Ode 4t5 kpl4Afi. Three and a halfaegis (about)15) S: 3.6 like, love, admire xd to pay (give) N6 el5 let maxd cddtat?' niwa. If you like, I will pay you 3 cedis(about Ak.2$) SA: Whoa ndwd. I will giveit to you (you may have it).
ikpd nawde Thank you.
Mfigadd gd. We will meet again. (See you).
YooIWcItiwd do. Agreed I(O.K. t)Thank you.
-211- 12
XXVI.
Notes
I A 1. Except in the deimrtment stores,bookstores, and a few
, other exceptiOni, bargainingis a normal and somehowexpecti. ed proceis in the buying-and-sellingtrade7.in West Africa.
The iseller' normally pricesthe goods a little abovethe
sellingprice', and it is up to the buyer tO bargain the
price dawn.. The'profit the sellerrealiiói dependi on bow
well or badly the buyerbargain's:-
Comprehension,
Ama kple Senyayf MAna Sewa gbbeyewal:1 8 AVo nthwutoto.
. , Nd g ladle wo Elf o li; Mamiddzrdaye landiro eye woiltb-fe ld
gbdblibdgbel. Afiaiiiyaavo ka togbuitiftutu si dim wile la o.
Neavo'nufinil 1Maiii1ei-laf dkema dt8awu uumu. *WomAkpavo :le le mimiidlia 06o lasw6dyt Kpdlfmasime le Memleda gbe.
Ne Sonya:41A afokpa ydye sidw8lóiae Ama kple Senya(w0)40 be trewdiy; fihdddolokeke'niufe Oa. 'Nd-woyi ld, Wdta wOfe'kentdvo nyuiewo. ; Babiawo
.0.*"*' 4 1. Nuka:Ain& kple Senyi di 'beyeiroelie
2. iftimi Ica gbo iWo.112 3. Nega Miele*wo'si O. de, Mhmi adzra avonawoii tiiibui dim wdlea? 144 Senya nya ave Bi 5. Ne Mkmi le awuwOazrai de wohrle woal f e e 6. Ne wamekpo eveJi'1eMami gbo o de nuka, wohOo
t. Gbekagbe wOiiipaliMet
8. Ne woyi kpalime la, nukawowohrlet
-212- 13
XXVI.
9. Ne woyi Kpalime laswoadzra nanea2
10. Ama kple Senya lefiad040 okeke nyuie mayigeat
11. Ne woyi la, nuka woata? Babiawo na sukuviawo
1. gfle awu kwasida sia meal
2. Ida kple xowele de fiaseamea?
3. Ga no asiwa yemayimaa? Ne ga maleastwd o 4e, awudzrala adzra awuanawda?
5. gflea wd awuwo katg leafisial la, edea dugafiasewo 6. Ne mekpo awu si dimnele le afisia o maa? geaewoal 7. Ne wole awuwo dzramasi boboee, eflea awu
8. Ne wa awu vu las eflenabubusl
9. Ne wes awu vu la, sinebubua?
10. Ne eyi saleme la, awuka(nadona) nad82
11. Ne eyi srUdefe 4e,awuka nad81 AMAIlanal_asakalm bargain price, i.e., asi boboe low price, at marchandise on sale
vu to tear, to be torn church ( i a. the worship) s eme
srtklete wedding .1
* - Unit XXVII The Ueciprócal and theReflexive PronoUn
Dialogue 1
Al AkIku B: Bibd
tsf to remain
ducdzodzoe restive, uneasy,worried &WA like this, in*this manner Leke nUtsf dzddzodzoe 0.441 Why do you look soworried2 Afika yim neler Where are you going2 B: ny6nIr woman
nvSnata about a woman
bfa to ask Meyina niSnata bfagela stskods. I am going toSokode to ask for the hand of a womanin marriage. Al Ooi Powecat6 kas nele eta aht (or I see!: ) For which to make biam relative are you going the proposal2 (i.e., on behalf
of which relative ) B: Okai oneself lk dAkdinya myself behalf of myself). Nd dOkilinygo For myself. (On A: here 4. aft '
AffsIa here at this:.:place .
(3hd .fl exôlamatión.equivalent to !wait aminute., !Just
a second!,eti.4 denoting
asurpiise vi'thr htimour.
-2314.- 2
anybodir tad you? Ohot Ameacjekemegbloe now() Oho tHas& t country, aberson oil?Le miade .1a, Here i t,. our :hue mibfa erfita no (himself) does" not propose marriage tO agirl by himself. 0. B: ffruthful47 Is that sot Nyateiria?Nuki wale be What Should Ido*now(than)? mawofifia? A. na to drink aha alcoholic drinks ailan461,4 a bar, aplace fordrinking between or ntewd each other, amongst other2 mfa nUewd Eig we to eac-h ka lit') (to).put stone (on something) (idiomatic .exTmession).to' come to aconolusiOn, a compromise and/or a decision(over anissue). tO *thebar. Va nitytettanote'Le mfa naewdCome, let us go shall soon dome la,raficie:kpil aria Between us, we (iie :shall dzi kpuie. hammer out tv soondecide onsomething). awrehension AfterDialogue 1 AdditionalVocal5uinisr azre a quarrel whisper do adali hold atate-i-tate, to agree on,compromise,emphasize 40 kpe'dzi 415"' 3
Le ahanorela, wokpo amegeclewo no aha nom.Dekakpui evea cl,ewo no dzre wornkple wo nfleWOtu3ku kple Baba:le aha na wo clokuiwo eye wodoadali.Woclo kpe edzi be yewoayi areto gbo eye Axikuakia nyonuata naBaba. Notes 'oneself' 1. The reflexive pronounis formed byadding /clokui/ to the possessive pronoun.With the firetand second person singular, it is placedbefore thepossessive pronoun. Otherwise it is placedafter it. dokuinye 'myself dokuiwa. :yourself' edoktii, t himself t IdaclokuiwON, ourselvest mia
rata t yourselves' ida sadkui wd cldkui I themselves wo dokuiwo the reflexive may also bestrengthened byAuto/. In this case/clokui/ always followsthe possessive pronounand Auto/. Em nye:33uto, dokui II, myself' wo uutoclokui 'you, your self t eya ortoclokui the, himself I mfa kiirto mia clokuiwo!ourselves,we/us ourselvest luta /3uto mia clokuiwo'yourselves, youyourselves'
-.216- L. XXVII. -wcfawo auto wo clokui ". tb.eytheiselves woawo auto wo clokuiwo . 2. The reciiprocal pronoun .is formed by .the poellessive:pronoun
/noewo/ teach Other.between, Among'., /Ida noewo/ Iwe to each other' noewo/ !you to. each Othert /wd noewo/ ithey'.-to each other?
A:Aaku B: Babd DO' B: Agoo nami t Knocks knock I D: Agoo :Anaalmane ame Let the agoo stay out there, but ndva let the man onter.',This is a .dignified way for the elderly man *to say 1.comeing. A& B: rtldi nami Good mornipg to you all t D: 33di, afeametowo2 Goad **ming, how is homes A& B: Wodo. I Things are fine. D: wet, cools cold, without incident. . or happenings, etc. (adj..or,verb) Mgagbd f4. Ouz .p4.ace l.'s cool.(i.e., We arewiihOutany incidents). 1 . (It is the' Li ; waT the Ewe flake a . his visitorjwhatcan I do for % *. youV) tt XXVII. A. wordp.a.happening, an nyEl .ineident abad word, anunfortunate. nylvel incident, asad.tale or
story, etc.
stranger,..an alien simdzrd a And we bring nobad news with us. NiagbohR nylviEt Oke mAlf 0. MA here, wbo is an XASnye BAbd si nyeamadzrd My friend says be le nia dame lab'e yakp6 viwd alien friend among us, daughter Adzoa Ida:rive dife nd dza has seen your : with ltsoitha. vfa de ve bdpland and likes her.He brings . him here samedrinks to let you mianya.. know (of hisfeelings). D: O.K., agreedA petc. yZO much. 100miawoe wodo. O.K., thank you very Crimprehension AfterDialogue 2
Verbs to agree, torespond .15.' greetings., to be to exchange greeting. t., respond to a etc.. gee few, small, few ueadewo a few, eome (i.e., meet801/190rie 4e ..e fia to prespnt, for the- firsttime)
p.
-218- 6
XXVII. Comprehsnsion Esi Avku kple Baba yi de afea MO eyewoawo kpleafeametowo lff gbe na wonoe MD 170 la, Alokukple Baba de wodakuiwo fia afeto
Do. Le 33keke oeadewo msgbe lapAxiku kple Baba gatro yiAfeto
Do gbo be yewoa bia Adaoata. Afeto.Do tso via naBaba be Wade. Dialogue3
A: Amku Babd A: mawa god mawuewodo L1.1t.$ god hasworkeA7 Congratulations,' your
ludky star. has(came)
come through,etc.
. . kplo to lead (away), to take (Aamebody or something animated) away by leading we mawue wodo.Yekaiie Congratulations. 'When are you nakplo srowea yi afemet taking your wife(bride) homes B: gbg: first all gbl ls first, firstly, first of
tu build
hafi before n' Nyemenya o.Gba la, elebe I donft know.First.of all,
matu xo na ddkuinye hafi. I must build myself ahouse. A: hra to need, to require,ete.
vasecle until
-219- XXVII. I. clu eat, rule , reign,lord it ciVers, etc.. dzicludu. government Mehra be nattr xo padokuiwa 0,You dont t need tobuild yotrself atevu no dziducbrfe xowo me a house, you canstar, ;..p public vasede esime natevu tu Ito riovernmeng housing until you nadokuiwcl. could (can) build ahouse for yourself. : B: dame stomach, abdomen, bosom,etc. .nyo dome idiom:to be kind dome- nyo (is) kind Miafe dzidudua re dome nyo Your governmentis very .4ind. 33uto.Le miade Ia, At home, teac)a.ersthemselves nufialawo vuto tua xo na build their-own: houses wo. dokuiwo. A: Dziductu xeafe na nutialawoal Does. thegovernment .pay. -the teacherta ao AO
33usei powers might 8.;strengthetc kpo vus1 dzi to have power. over Ao, eye dzidudumekpo .1ause No, andthe-goyexbnmentdoegi.not de, nufial.awo dzi hU o. have... the 'power over-the.
s teachersi .. Comprehensibr AtterDialogae Vocabulary . yleti . moon, month fia chief -220- 8
XXVII. town or city) Avila chief (du =village, (who isthe chief)Is afeto Nyaglo re afeme Afeto Nyaglo house (in the homeof Afeto
Nyaglo, thechief) invite kpd ta gather, to whole, all blibo - .de.sro take a wife marrying, i.e., taking awife sredede (n.) . (the> place where themarriage stOdere* ceremony isheld or beingbold (or going to behold).
(to dance), .du ye : yedudu (n.) dancingc
Comprehension kple Adzoa de wo noewole J.Le yletia dewomogbe la, Anku Wokpd du blibo la, at-etc Nlaglo si nyedufiaja,fe artme. JOutsuawo no aha eyenyonuawo eye amegedewo vet sr6defe la.
* Am. ye lOkeke lajkatal,
Dialogue 4.
A: Aljka Bibet domtnyonyo kindness wife .and Nye kpl,e sronyemieva be I and mywife LE y gratitude miada akpe nawd lewd.: cametoexpress our
.domenyonyowo kat6 ta. toyou forall yourkindness. expression denoting!not at icara all, never,
-.221- XXVII. fu ta bother.,to trouble, towdrpy
nenema like that., 41, that manner Akpe mele eme kura o.Kele Not atall (i.e., /thankyou' is be nae Lu nadokuiwes. .notin order), you must.not nenema o. worry(bother) yourself in that manner. B: dzinye over me, for my affairs to see 1RP dzinyekpola seer over'msi onewho will .look o'ver me, myguardian to suffer, to be introuble, ,to be in diffulties fukpekpewo worries, difficulties, troubles, wbe to need
hAhia need (noun)
49 adacu to counsel, to give advice. to become A,dzoa gblonam be ezu Ad.zoa has, told methat you have pinyekpola ale be matevu become my guardian sothat I could br3ng my warries.and atso,. nye fukpekpewo=.! . 4 hahiawovagbowd be nado ,needs to your attention, so adaua nam* Esia dze 13unye that you may advise me.I
uuto* appreciate this verymuch. (lit. :222- I like this verymuch). +IP 10
A: Makpeie biota yesiayi si I will help you Whenever I can. matevui la. 'Mexose be we I believe that you also can titteiot4o aciaw nam advise me tiine. - .1'
inligutr -items' vie. Weli;.w:e1must be tekiiii now. Lilt., we will' rretiiiih'home for awhike
I A: ibettel never 1$ dze fire dzodoje fireplace, kite-hen .. abode t ne miadu Never IYoil a4tay and have flu kple iÜ1 idZoa atevu dinner with us.Adzoa can help kepede srotwe vu- le .dzodafe. my wife inthie- kitohen. diiii4renensionI;'I Arter Dialogue h. oclr zi to force, to enforce, to compel, etc. (someone or- something) do dze (to) engage in a .kionversation, $. converse Comprehension Le srodediti megbe la, Adzoa kple Baba yi c1e afeto Uku gbo be woada akpe ne.Afeto Avini kpo dzilizo lewiti.iiito eyata wezi wOd'zi (he compeiiea 'them,he inted) bewcaii;')/ai aailnu kple tkreameiowo.Es1*4e'bouti Baba'kple Akik-u no die' d'oni( lap Adzoa kieicie sireni:Ettba'-;jti le dzodore6" r:
4O't. 4111.2230D DICTIONARY
The following dictionary isfor use by the studentwith this manual. It does not purport to be acomplete dictionary of the Ewe language.It has been set up inaccordance with the way material has beenpresented in this book. Awl
!that (Tone i*the'same as tons of precedingsyllable). (Only in context).
..(The tone a- !future indicator! depends oncontext). Exampler /tut/ lyou will camel /SW the will comet : tyes-no question markert eta aha, oh yes&
abatf bed
ab4 en4 like, as as, about, approximately
.04 ildst end as(introducing a clause)
ibi wound
iblandd pineapple
413616 bread
abdlem4f4. bakery
ads, and4 six
id5 saiva
adr4,"andr4 seven
adzall. soap
agabsfoto minute certain one, a (indef.article) dde a e.g.,/4evi a41/ la Child, a certain child
(ones) i44w6 some; certain tongue'
..,... ifit half
-aft, here here, this place(i.e., being affsfi S specific) everywhere, every place iffsfaff a4-- 1- xi: what place?where? 1 :; affsfiff .,J.2 J. everywhere, everyplace foo t ;
s pair of shoes,sandals, footwear home, household,in the Aouse Etar0.(#4- house) allmiel home (i.e., to my home (i.e., to mytown or.village, afg / 2 ot orcountry) . . Mrs., Madam(lit.:mothNtlis. of the t . . . steno 14 44 4 house)
onsio am* (lit., fAar of .21:iet:liae) mister, sir, Mr. .0% African AfrikEt6 an kk.:451,f1; (lit., Africans, but.cop,A,d be Afrikatowo used colloquiallytf3-M.an an African)
4. Pt coconut : ago, agond, n4 101.0.47i potato agute A i.e., gramophone olgba platel, record - 4 record or al er.lead
.14". agbale book agbe life manioc, cassava tPgr ta manioc) farm 117. C-4 " ibtAgble etgble farm agbledeld farmer `' agbledemo farming machina itselftVilauld agblamendkd crop(/nliku/ by also meantcroplil)teRcet, a 4,44 /agblemendkuwoifor.1-tnikiiwo/ :" crops,/agblementikuawo/ or /ndkuawo/ = the erckps) 1 A-3 that reminds me ahi aha$ oh, yes: iha alcoholic drinks bar, place fordrinking ahanogre ikadd banana mathematics,arithietio akt5nta chest (body)
akdtu orange fish(also/U=61V !fish, akpa water animal')
too .much dkpd very much, , applause, thanks,gratitude Akpa a formof porridge ikplg * alifd hundred alafd 4eka one hundred
alafd ene four hundred like, so, thus did in order that dlebe so that, like this, inthis manner' dldi and so, so that dlebe
dleke how is as dltist
obi dlest , as of, on accountof dlesi (or esi). ta since, because
alflikpa cloud
ild or leaves Ebai (aim) spinach, edible green Ama, girl born onSaturday AmA
-226- A44.
"hater medicine (also /Ittike/ gme\ man, human being, persan
amedzrd 4 stranger, alien amedzrddnef4 hotel
111 NintikE what person, who, which(.question 1.'.' pronoun)
Amerikfft6 American
P Amerikatowlo-. Americans; (colloq. only: American)
. , Ana ab4 abaut amesave everybody, every person
..." . down, earth /nd anyft/ 'sit damp*
gnyfgh8 south
anyfgbi earth, country, lend
acutf lemon
asf hand
gsi clientele, custamers
ger market, price (the openmarket)
egad (lit., that is a price),:bergain. (It is a term to begin the bar- gaining process, or,g'said during bargaining, it means bargaining is 1411.1 441 good faith).
th ., , 44f*. asi boboe low price, bargain, price, mer- chandise on sale.5.1 #11'r
aidmisf, asfgmasf 'Mr. So-and-So (someonev!4ose name one does not wantto mention) (borrowing fram.Twi).*.
nine Ait5
market place,market asime fever siert itldf Pepper tree atf orica root; medicine atfkawold' doctor, herbalist fruit atfkutsetse five ati pineapple atdto granary .ava cloth avo cloth-seller avodzrdla war aca cloth, dress,apparel (anyform awu of non-Africanapparel)
closet awudzrad4re dressmakers.tailor,(lit., sewer awutold of apparel)
beans ayi feast, party,get-togither azg peanut azi henceforth, fram nowon dz6 4-1 ba mud introduces bd a's, that (conj., subordinateclause) bd bide (v.) beer beer (v.) bfa ask, question of 5.tranals bfye money unit equal to 100francs bfyedz unit of money bliavd tdenty nine) blaavavo twenty-(one through
blaadd sixty
blaadrd seventy blaasfeke ninety fifty
Tuesday
bladne forty biaenyf eighty bladt5 thirty twenty bleeve . blt corn (sg.) blfd. the corn (pl.) blfiwd the corn magic rather, better
bd gather popular, (to) bein bd common, abundance
babe soft, easily -229- babobo softly bos bus bostd,r6 bus stop brfkei mason bd be lost (v.) (out) (v.) bit calculate, figure bdbil others another rf-
, D-1 . dd throw , dit mother d4 put (in) ..., dot (go to), have been to
d4 igtf transfer onto; spread' Cat a disease)
d4 native land, country
danyfgba native land, fatherland
delta soup, stew (for) dl want, search (for), look /didi/ d di (be) long, far (Examples: as verb:/ere afoawo didi/ this feet are longt;/didi/ as adjective: Jets afodidiawo fu du sesifif this longfeet run fast!).
dd plant (v.)
dd lend dd say
dd gbe say tgood dayt
dd gb6, dd gb8 speak a language. Example: /Kofi dda twegbe/ !Kaispeaks Ewes.
dd test (v.)
doddkpo test, examination(n..)
dd come out of,fram
ddgd meet (v.)
ddme among, between,in between
cid send
1231 work (n.) da incubate, sleep cus sleep, fall aqleep (Example: do ale, . /tbfi 46 ale lemiuku0Kofi slept inschool!).
a illness, sickness. co, 481414 be ill, besick (Exaftple: 14 da /1016 da (Asovo" II became illyeeterd'aymorningq.
hunger .416 menial jobs,all kinds ofwork dBkpd:tufkpatufwo stomach, abdamen,bosom dome' be kind(idiom) nyo:dome kindness domenyonyo sick person danó hospital ,danokddzf workshop dowor4 doctor (healerof.disease) dayold town, race %414. dd to run Wad running chief thtfia city (big orlarge,town) degi (to) rain,(to) fall (florathe dzi sky, as rain, snow,etc.)
tedzadza rainwater spoil (v.) dze lodge, put up(v.) dza salt (n.) dz4
-232- D-3 dza fall (to) fall down dza Enyf land (v.)(e.g., bird or aeror dza. plane) r split, turn awayfram dza become ill, becamesiok dza.da start, begin(v.) )1zel dgame dze :its game) dz6 4m4 get digested Improve, reauperdte dze dma get better, Ca 62 (to) please,(to).satiSfy follow (in orderofsequenCe4 dza om4 e.g.,numbers,peoplei.etc.) (be) bad (used onlyto describe dzeldze manioc, taugh andnot very tasty) landing place, e.g.himlvddz4f4/ dz6rd 'airport(aeroplane landing place)1.
dzfkOola guardian myguardian, one whowill see dzinyekOla over me
recognize dzasf . . on, on top(of), on the surface dzf (of)
to dzi (v 1 to give birth
dif (n.) heart sky (postposition dzr up, high, heaven, sky delT6
dzfdzo happiness kpd dzidzo be happy government, reign(n.) dectuctu -233-. D-4 dedudua the government dedadm Ia the government dzIehi north dziir8 Sky, heaven dztrdx5 $tory-building dzd leave, go away (v.) did fire dzddza hot (adj.) x.8 dze (to) be hot dzadee fireplace, kitchen dzddzodzoe restive, uneasy, worried Deddgba Monday dzegolo civet cat dza be straight, be right, tawo dz8 you are right dz8 happen, occur, exist dzÔ dzi be happy dagbe birthday, birthstar dzkgbevt bad birthday, unlucky star, unlucky dzra prepare dzra dd get ready dzrd (to) sell dzrdld seller, merchant dzra old arrange, (to) save,keep.
, -234- D-1 particle used topoint to remote cid things kp6 dd looki (to) cook, prepare ameal det cook something(v.) da(nd) (to) go to meet,keep a rendez- 4akpe vous
how about? (used at end of sentence orphrase to ask a question)
to, tawards (Example: /Kofi yi ddsukA/ tKofi has gone toschool:).
take off
it is 40 is it.that 04 (de ye) it is that, (to) owe, (to) fallinto debt da fe (tee/ 'debt')
bother, worry(others, for da fu 7 example) Example: /Kofi daa fu nggam/ IKofi botherspeople'
one clAk . zi 464 once (d/gbit5/ 'first') young man clakdpftf any, one, none,not one(used 46ke only in negativesentences)
every, all 4esfet4e cotton 4atf young woman,girl datdgbef these young women Otaginif siawd
davf child the children 481/fAwd -235- D-2
4Elvfm8 childhood
18ny4-Ovima 14 in my childhood .0. alight, go down, coma downs cl$ to bury
(to) be satisfied (esp. with ra food), (to) have one's fill
arrive, enter (e.g., into aoar) c14 vd dd arrive ..,, send
converse dza4644 conversation advice go adalziu counsel (v.), give
46 send (away)
48 kpé come to aconclusion, compromise or decision onsomething (lit., put stone onsomething). d$ x)ku (nu) remember (something) dokui oneself, self describe, give directions
46 net (n.)
kp6 taste (lit., taste,see) eat, celebrate(e.g., an cid anniversary)
dd gunpowder
agbi go bankrupt,undersell, make no profit
du dzI reign, rule, rule over rule
dzi (postposition) over due intentional tense of/411/I (to) eatt$ (to) celebrate -236- Eu.1 'nominal prefix' 4 (sip) -. a- 41, you
:g. heA she, it his, her,its67eLatives and parts of thebode.
(poss.) his, her,its (tt.re yes often, most ofthe time, 4dzi6dzi frequently which one? dka2 today ggbe every day gb&sfagbe that one; in thatcase; then 41cOme ought to, haveto eleb later, afterwards;behind him, 4magbd byr, it behind megbd
. four ene often,continually 4n114n11 eight enyf nine enyi4e : t three ata ., yesterday, tamorrow etso etwei vayi yesterday etso si gbona tomorrow two eve second, thesecond evelia
ye twice ten ew6 -257- E -2 hence therefore,and therefore, dyata the one bornimmediately after eyameto the onefollowing him,it her, it,
-238- F-1 fitt cold, be cold, cool tàa surely, certainly,Af course fi gv/ (to) cry fife cool (adj.)
114 (to) plays (to) split fa debt, price ff blow (onels nose) ffa dhow (v.), (to) teach,(to) direct, e.g., /ffaDIV Ito show or direct(someone to) a road'. ndfiala teacher rfa scorch, burn ffa chief fiadd46 enstooling (n.), i.e., the crowning of a chief or king
ffase store
(gbd) Friday
Koff boy born on a Friday
Afda girl born on a Friday fffia now, at thepresent, at this moment
fffflaa right sway, now fid evening fie niwa good evening(greeting)
fofd father fofdgl great uncle(patrilineal)
fofddt uncle (patrilineal) foligoia measure of volumeapproximately equal to one cup
-239- F-2 foloo be light (notheavy) (v.) fdtdaeld photographer (i.e., from bed or ft5 to get up lying position) discover: fa gather, collect, find,
116 palm branch
frgse gbe Fritndh (language)
fd feather
fd foetus, pregnancy
fi be white has funo pregnant woman; one who miseries, suffers constantly difficUlty, trouble fukpekpe worry (n.), (n.)
-240- F-1 (to) plant
place, e.g./dtwordt 'work place' 'possessive indicator
year buy
strike, beat(v.), play (e.g., records), ringle.g:is bellii blow (e.g., thewind) fa (nu) say(something), speak, talk Some relative,(impersonal) kind, samething of a kind,species
relative, kinsman fometo . sorts fomert .vovovowo different kinds, ofall 44efometo his relative Pt (be) dry, ripe(v.), bone, (to) swim fd dd (to) run (v.n.) running d'Aflfd (to) swim fd tsi (to) swim sea futa beach, the coast - ' -
G-1
ga money (lit., metal) ga again (placed between pronounahd verb to express repetitionof an action) ga time, o'clock, hoUr v git .negnfe what is the time?
gif r big, large
.gaflo fork etata hour, period of one hour gikd but (and) glf manioc meal
.134 'intentionalindicator'.
gedewo several
Ghanatd Ghanaieui Ghanatdwd Ghanai sg011. on2.0hanaiagr
glt tale
.; gddzf inthe direction (9,).
gdgo e close to, near r gda 'respect form' bottam, beginning, tnder
, GB-1 gbg bowl, a load agba a bowl, aload gba break (v.) ghlto first (see /lia/ for formationOf other ordinal numbers) gbd refuse (v.) gba pick, harvest;'voice (219), language ivegbe Epe language gbagbogb16 spoken language
gbg day
dgba today
gbels/agba every day
Egbel finye ffda(gba) Today is Friday.
gbabdgba another day
gbabilbeigba another day blacksmith
gbede never
gbegbe much
gb4gbla (the) bad (nip), misfortune
gbasfaghe every day
gblg spoil (v.)
gbla (to) say, speak, mention some- thing
gbd unripe
gb6 arrive, come (came), breathe
ggbona? Is he (she) comings
tr6 gba COMB back
gb6 side, vicinity,(postposition) at
gbi (to) roof (v.) -243- scratch (v.) Y4 dance (n.) ye (to) dance 0 ye (v.n.) yeado dancing borrow (v.) Yog sun Yd sometimes ydd44woyi another time yebdyT (yebdbeyi) It when, at whattime? yeklyf everytime, everyday, always yesfiyi late afternoon yetra time YeyfYr white yi4 hide (v.) I.
yld . . moon yletf noise, shout(n.) ylf
-2144- H-1 saatdh he also, even rent, let,leases (to)anploy hd ya (e.g., forwages)
broad hia before (adv.) hdfi type, category,variety, kind hame pull, drag hd argue hd nya, (to) nyftehe argument bargain (v.) haisi educate ha until hgna hi need (v.)
Mha need (nil) hiahfai wide spreading hlidzia money 1105 money hdtsuf he anid how much
-245- Xml
broom mourn, bemournful, worry nu) vicinity, neighborhood (to) pay; to mend,(to) close'
cover, mend,pateh bud (n.), bird weather, world
surround already, certainly;pld,.(to) age xdxo (to) have aged,(to) aka dd xaxd long time, old xdxoxo take(something) from another; xa cateh (as adisease); get
x5 friend xd18 friend hot, be hot xa dza I (refers Ekp'eáificallyto xgre rent (n.) room,apartment or houssrent) contagious, contagiousdisease xoleamesf (taking something fromsomebodl)
(to) believe; faith(n.), belief xase
* *
-246- scratch, break(a piece off) kd a measureof about two sq.meters ki used to measurefarm land (/kpe/ !stone' isused to measurelineardistance).
rope what, whicbl kat early; fast(adj.), immediately, kiba quickly
excuse me,pardon(me) (coll.) kdfla kikdki very entirely, all kdti as much as kitg 'emphatic particle' -ki very much kekeke (the Ghanaiannationalcloth) kent4 . completely kftkeiv A train k4t4kel kloe -almost ka laugh ka nu 1Sugh laughter ndkelko
kd only 044ka only that is all kaima (ka dnyedma) (was) just that, (nothing else)
cocoa kaki!, bag ktitokd thousand(francs), 100 pounds gikotokd sterling (i.e.,0280)
-214-7- tall, be tall k6 4" (be) clear
, , money,half pence k6bi WI coffee hamletveattiadel ...kola ,. ,... village, : . .. . .f clean koko
,. . Ida corner'
641) 4pifdd( Sunday .. = .. . Kwasida(6) kwasfdaN, 7 week kosfda last week kwas144si-VAyf next week ei:gb#oini
, kd die hang, depend' ka I. that depends onyou fAku digbaw.o - Wednesday Eddd(gb8) tablet kdi hat kdid. (to) apologize,beg for pardon, c1,4 (to) atik forforgiveness
. ; expression denotingInotAt all, kura% 'never'.
week kwasfdd
. : Kwisi4o.,(04 Sunday Kosida(gbe)
-248- KP-1 kpd fade stone, slate kpd plate, tablet, with, kp4 meet, get acquainted kpd add (n) pluslin ts6 kpd (4#) take add on, i.e., addition to kptl (be) heavy kp64e cd help (v.) Example: /Kofi kpdaati..ferda . !Koff helps hisfatherf. kpakpidemu help (n.) kpi (to) cough tuberculosis'patient (lite, kpdkpela one whocoughql troubleidifficul- kpti fu suffer, be-in ties together) (to) meet kpd ta (bring heads
takpikpd a meeting tWo wards ), with kpld and (between kpll in addition
kpla bring, lead kplA weep table, desk 44,15 of 5 biye, 25francs .kpdnd money unit
kpd baton, club policeman kpovito ,. menial, all kind's of kpotuikpotuiw6 kp6 fence never 1./. neg.Nierb)4 ever kp6 (w. positive verb)
-249- XP-2
onces ever(or 'never, in . kpd sentence) negative I
t., see ipd (be) cheap 44. kpd visit kpd kpamo hope.(v.) . hope. (n.) mdkpdkpd diort, soon,shortly kpul (4)
1 4-D
o:
f 4 II--
...I..1i
4.Io L-1
4 ' 4.. the (def.art.) lt 14' t A A animal, meat,blood animal,meat 11 of a bloodanital. bv:
,f; .0 labbko, avariety:of yaft.7 laboko meat marketl. ledzr4fe
.Av leopard 11kle .. lal wait (v.) rrAelrJirr ,a o cat6h, catch.upwithl 114714 to bei 'isl;to exist(cannot lg take a predicatenoun) howl well (1)14ke
(4)1ike finally elsewhere (&)likg
le bridge to be there,to exist(the same lt as/lab except/1i/is dialectal) suffix used toform all ordinal -1fa numerals, withthe exception of 'first', ex./evelia/ 'second'but /gbat5/'first'. take from thestove
be large like, love, admire
about, in theenvironment of, in the directionof
to be big, tobe large 1cIld interjecbion forcalling =meg. 1de one's attention ii (to) shave
Ir2 1 M-1
me -34 !progressiveindicatorl progressiveindicator before -md pronoun(opl. exceptIn 1 and} 3 sis.) , progressive indicatoreliewhere that(pronoun) those mEtwd grandmother f ma'amd -e mami, madam,the gerieral name Ghana women used for the intrading , actively involved
mgmlite the last one the others,the last ones,the mibuldiud ,. rest a . mango(a tropicalMat) mdrigo not rotten,i.e., freish milvdmtvd i nawu God God hasworked,.congratUlations mawuewodo.
mit mi inside (something) mi (nu) (to) roast megbd after, afterwards afterwards ld Asia mligbi.1d after this, atteryardp emegbi la after that, Saturday ram154,4(gb4) 1 not 141. wc ..mst you(pl.) (obj.) ..mf us 14-2
mata your (pl.) idawo your (pl.)(used rarely) luta our L mfawo our (usedrarely). iitm lef t aims (to) left, leftwards miawd you (pl.) independent I/ you (pl.)Examples: /Mienye nufialawo/ 'you are ::Veachers /Mtawo enye nufialawo/ 'You (emphasis) are the teachers' mfitwd we, us we(see example of preceding pronoun) you (pl.)(subj. we (to) germinate rt, (from English) minute
mo face
YikUMe face
md way, street, road, pkth, room, space
mc t.: machine f arming machine
tr mddz5jI4 (a) crossroad . mdgif main street, main ( trunk)* road mdkpdkp6 hope (n.)
-253- 14-3 (to) hope, (to)expect (e.g., kp6 m6 a visit)Example: /141ele m6 kp6m nEt Kofiggbil/ tWe are expectingKofi today (He is comingtoday)t. alu rice ant morning morning green N-1 na give (v.), for, to (prep.) net mo permit (lit., give way)
-na 'habitual indicator'
-(n)a habitual indicator before ad.o4 except -a
-na habitual indicator elsewhere habitual indicator after /ow tone habitual indicator after high tone nine something ninek4 anything, nothing (w. neg.) in order that, to, if, when (introduces dependent clauses) for nS (Ago, agond) nut, coconut ne (l)a when, if you(singular) and, anid how much, how many hd n4nIe how much? i.e., how much does it cost: nendma such, such a way, that way, in such a manner nd drink (v.) ndno drinkable no female na mother, prefix to a noun to indicate feminine na sit, stay in a place, live nd anyf stay, sit dawn noewo each other, between, amongst
-255k- N-2
brother, sister,cousin
brother noviouteu(vi)\ (more explicit) novinyonu(vi)/ sister your brother(sisters cousin) i novfwd your brothers(sisters, cousins) novfwdwd nd thing nouth
everything ndsianu right (nd)cillsf in the directionof thO right, (nd)c1.dsfm8 rightward
merchandise nddzadzrawo non-eating, withouteating ndmaclunadu food, victuals(lit.: eating) ndclactu
nddqr4 restaurant teacher ndffdld what thing,whatt ndki why ndkatl crop(n.) ndku crops nukuwd (farm) crops igblemendkuwo overseer, onewho has others nunola under his care ordirection
washer, washman,cleaner ndnyAli blackboard, or anyslate on ndvlokp4 which to write
pencil (writingstick) ndattf pen, ndsfand everything tailor, seamstress ndttld -256- NY-1 nyd (to) know, be acquainted n*a word ny4 pursue (to) wash nyatelf4 truth, really nyateirea is :Phat.true2 (14 that sot) tyava a bad word,unfortunate incident, .1 sad tale, story, etc.' ny4 is nya I, ma (independent)
-nya/ny5 my tny mine, it is mine nyttso day before yesterday,.theother day nyd to be good, nice O.K. nydny'Os 4the) good (n.), happiness nya wake up nydnu woman nydnavf (small woman), girl, young woman
nydf4 tdf morning good morning(to you) na . sunshine, noon,daylight, after- udo noon, goodafternoon(greetin0
break, reap front, in frontof uga ahead, further,farther, front ugogbe part (i.e.,frontwards), straight ahead
day ukeke a goodday, a ceremonialday, any ukeke nyuie public orreligioua holiday
name 4kd face, in the eye ukdma blind man, onewho has bad eyes ukdriB the English ulfsinwd English(language) ulfsigbe (to) write ula rea keeping awake,(be) alert, (be uudzo power,might, strength uusa by, on (e.g.,(hang) on awall) cdti very 33(d)ta self (attachedto noun or pronoun cdto for emphasis) Example: ficofi uutoe yi/!Kofi himself went! (Kofi wenthimself).
udtsa man
uutsuvi boy
-258- 0-1 no oho exclamation denoting sarprise. with humor, equivalentto !wait a ninutet, just asecond, etc.! dd oh
. -
4
" . t P-1
parti pettia Ghanain unit of moneys pi seiti 100 p.a 104di g1.0
chisel (n.) ,p4 posu post office
. . 4 ,
1
" ,
I
z
rr
.<1.
44
"*11111260 1 3-1
tabdla onions (to) hear, be informgdr. expression of concurrence
..rong,stronger tha,to be stronger than
waesd jd thank you than you mtsd wu we am stronger
be strong,hard ses6 hard sesie
sf run running stsf relative pronoun: who,which si this sia the personwho, he(sha)who amesi this person amesia every person,everybody mmesiame emphatic exclamation eta this sta please (v.) sia both, altogether,all sida measure upto, be equal,fit 80 little, small soap 8118 be ready sagbe to be plentiful,plentiful, sagbo numerous church saleme wife, husband Bre
-;261- husband sriwai your wife, your
'prodAri wedding place learn, study worth, be worth ad salt sugar aka school a pupil, astudent, .sukalrf school compound, campus sUiCkfd high school, college sakedgi
suktvf student thoughts, thinking,mind slisd(") *a. think of (Example: sdat /Kai afirdidid4/ lAot 4. thinks of hismother!).
civ
Of T-1
;* ta . about loitture) td (to) draw (e.g., a anometdta a picture, aphotograll
td &me draw a person 4" (td flat) draw a line
taflfitse excuse me, pardon briniingof,heads, talcp6kp64 meeting (lit., hence of minds,tosether) %). tipfdk; tapioca yam
td, rise, swell
td (te draw draw near, be closeby *** tetecle 1ti, td fli draw a line
tArti in place of, place
tigb4 green grassused for tea tku be able to, can
t/t/tf very white
fu tftftf very white
td tell; ear, to pound
td pass, passby$ mountain; edge; bank of river, by(postposition)
ta buffalo
td vdvo be different
Tdgotowo Togolese
tdhehe ear pulling,punishment
talkun5 deaf man
toradtd, tiati tomato T-2
stop . - master, owner,father(Exwnple: /Ebfito/ 1Kofilsfathert). ta sew Ito. possessed thing,used as, posses4 ta sive pronoun /Baia nye ereagbalf/..t.yhis is his book! /Baia nye iftokg, This is his tBgbui kind, sort,species tdgbdf grandfather, elder !. rivprur tome ( the inside) of a tomell fish, water anizal meyina.- tclme I am goingto the riverside tosfsf river tdwd czensiti .0 tri thick (adj,),big trd turn,change,:,..(rti?). trd pour, turn over,tip td close (v.); gun(n.) til build (v.)
exac tly . ttlit4.44.:.4 .
;
*A'
1,
1.2611.- TS-I visitor, wanderer (to) grow, (to) bear fruit, (to) flower
spoon, ladle
(be) old old
unaged
remain
grow (v.) worry, be anxious
water, liquid, juice celatsi bathe, take a diciai4er
tsiler4 bathroam
tsikp4 hail, hailstorm teko thirst tsikd 18iniyam I thirst (or) I am. thirity tiikti 14 Kola AM' r Kai is thirsty
tido14 be dark tad (to) came fram tad about (prep.), conoerniegA
tad (to) take, (to) pick up
tad vd bring, bring along
(6)tsa yesterday, tamorTow
attics si vayi yesterday
etso si gbona tamorrow
tad wd make of, from, with
tad vd bring along
4-:265- 003118 vot va 40 arrive until, till ints444 (to) ache v4 serious (adj.),importaa
.serious, important v4vie ve (i.e., veafisia) here (diminutiVe) vf child, small a little viacle nawly born,tiny infant vidze woman whogives birth vidzino vidzinowee maternity ward awhile, a littlewhile vie sweet, nice vfvi (to) rot vd rotten (adj.) vdvd (be) free vd free (adj.) vdvd different, various(ando) vdvovowd (to) finidh vd bad; to fear,be afraid vi fear (n.) vavi a bad man(i.e., a badguy) MUSA /libfi wig diwocdtc/Koti fears snakes yewmuch! /tbklotod be vevee nyeigbe/ 'The rooster saystear is life, i.e., to fear isto live'.
fight (n.) vd
vdvo (ivdvo) cold the cold 'season ivuvoveli .k 1.
smell (v.) for a litt;e,.while vee a little, gate, door
drum, a lorry,bus, car
" .( to) open iYa t blood shake 4
r
?
'
k.:
C, , 3.. P.
t
t ,
74 si -A , A , 't . :' ." r , 1.X.1:
,
5.
5 V:4 4 1
,7267. weal wine wine wd flour w do make use 11. J wa ()judo) employ, wd dmi to be kind (anidiom) wa va finish (ago) independent wd yau you( sg )(object)
hepshe , it ( subjectpronoun) wd (when subject ispreceded by ano therword)
-wd/w6 your (ag.) weryI you(ego) (emphatic) viarker,
wd their .wd them wd they them wdam8vaikdti bo th, both of wddwd they, them (independent) wd(nu) finish surpass( v )than(comparison) p wd moremost, more than
wtt kill wdiadtt sixteen seventeen wdiadret withsi ika nineteen wdtatE fif teen wdiclake( a) eleven W-2
e-, wdidne fourteen wulenyf eighteen thirteen wdiolte twelve wdielvel
A
1,
A
1
( op
'w
t
7.1. le 4
4N
414, wind 71 but, on the otherband la (in ,the tar) Alma air, atmosphere Amami aeroplane
ygmtivddzAr6 airport
Ydwadd(gba) Thursday Yewdda he, she, him,her, it 74 (independent) that 74 it is yevd white man
Yevuwode Europe
yllvdte potato new 767g (adj.) yiba bladk, dark yt to go yome back, behind
ydd O.K. (v.) yc squeeze to make a face(an unpleasant ya Klicdma expression in theface)
(to) call, (to) name 76
-270-